SONY DCR-VX2000 Service Manual Level 2

DCR-VX2000/VX2000E RMT-811
SERVICE MANUAL US Model

Canadian Model
Level 2 Ver 1.0 2000. 04 Korea Model
DCR-VX2000
AEP Model
UK Model
Australian Model
Chinese Model
DCR-VX2000E
E Model
Hong Kong Model
Tourist Model
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
Photo : DCR-VX2000
C MECHANISM
On the VC-242 board For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENTS, refer to the

This service manual provides the information that is premised the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL
circuit board replacement service and not intended repair inside the C MECHANISM ” (9-974-050-11).
VC-242 board.
Therefore, schematic diagram, printed wiring board and electrical parts DCR-VX2000 : NTSC model
list of the VC-242 board are not shown. DCR-VX2000E : PAL model
The following pages are not shown.
Schematic diagram .......................... Pages 4-13 to 4-50
Printed wiring board ......................... Pages 4-51 to 4-54
Electrical parts list ............................ Pages 6-27 to 6-36
SPECIFICATIONS
— Continued on next page —
DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER

DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4) ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
CD-254 BOARD VC-242 BOARD(1/4)

(4-9)
(4-9)
IC103 AGC CONT 1,2
R,B GAIN
R,G,B OFFSET
IC101 CN025
G CCD OUT 40 42 1 3
8 35 35
G-CH CCD 3 1
IMAGER G
31 G 38 11
7 19 (4-14)
32
(4-13) D0-09 (4-16) (IC705)SPCK
11,14-16 1-4 40 40 47 2
V1,V2A,V2B,V3
43 43
IC704 IC706 IC771 38
Y0-Y7
LENS BLOCK 44 44
S/H,AGC A/D
CONVERTER
(U-CORE)
CAMERA
45
H1,H2,RG,SUB 26 R 83 29
SIGNAL
29 R
47 47 5 21 D0-09 PROCESS C0-C7 TO
(4-9) 28 36 79 36 OVERALL
DICHROIC
PRISM IC104 BLOCK
DIAGRAM
IRIS 49 (2/4)
IC102 (4-9)
R CCD OUT
11 B
50
HD,VD,OE
(SEE PAGE
99
R-CH CCD
8
3 1 19 19
D0-09
51 3-3)
IMAGER 35 B 1
9 17 90 HI SO,SI,SCK
34 48
11,14-16 1-4 25 25 ZOOM VR AD
V1,V2A,V2B,V3 26 25 19 37 38 44 14
28 28 XSHD CLPDM
XSHP PBLK
29 29 XRS CLP OB
H1,H2,RG,SUB
32 32 11 14 48 1 2
(4-9)
IC105
IC100 (4-9) IC705
B CCD OUT TIMING
8 9 9 47
B-CH CCD 3 1 31 GENERATOR 47
IMAGER
77
X701
32 (4-14)
SPCK
11,14-16 1-4 3 3 27MHz
V1,V2A,V2B,V3
H1,H2,RG 17
6 6
45 HD,VD 70
13 13 29
H1,H2,RG,SUB 46 71
CN100
18 18
SUB IC701,702 10
39
CCD 38
V1,V2A,V2B,V3 5
V DRIVE
(4-13) 9
IRIS
METER
DRIVE-
IC141 (4-70)
IRIS PWM
M 20
8 IRIS DRIVE 10
54 53
H 17
HALL-
5
HALL AMP
7
41 42
HALL AD
EN1 62
ZM RST SENS DIR 1A,1B
ZOOM RESET SENSOR 22 61 62 63
1 (4-70) 64
63 64 EN1
2 ZOOM A,B DIR 1A,1B EN0 59
ZOOM
MOTOR M 4
ZOOM MOTOR
DRIVE
65 66 DIR 0A,0B
60
67 68
IC803
6
34
IC140 EVR
ZM RST SENS
61
58
64 63 EN0 43 (4-35) 17 FC RST SENS
36 FOCUS A,B DIR 0A,0B 57
(4-36)
FOCUS
MOTOR M 38
FOCUS MOTOR
DRIVE
66 65 66
IC802
16
68 67
39 19
FC RST SENS CAMERA
FOCUS RESET SENSOR 25 59 60 20 CONTROL 14
33
28 53 54 17 CAM SO,SI,SCK 15
ND A,B,C
ND FILTER SW 27 55 56 18 35 66
29 57 58 82
CN050
(4-71,72) 4 3 2
ACTIVE PRISM
ACTUATOR
P 21
20
P DRIV A,B
IC070,071 56 55
P PWM
45 IC801
073-076 EEPROM
(4-35)
Y 15
14
Y DRIV A,B
ACTIVE PRISM
ACTUATOR DRIVE
58 57
Y PWM
44
48
HI SO,SI,SCK
P OUT
12 44 43 61 50
Y OUT
22 46 45 60 ZOOM VR AD
62
VAP LOCK
25 VAP LOCK +,- IC072 (4-72)
36 35
VP LOCK DR
7
20
VAP LOCK DRIVE
MI-038 MA-386 BOARD FK-076 LA-026
23
VP LOCK SENS
38 37 10
BOARD (1/2) (4-101) BOARD BOARD
(1/2) (1/2) (2/4)
(4-70)
IC1150
ZOOM 3 MZ F0,F1 IC144 48 47 MZ A,B 24 Q706 MIC
RING 2 AMP
5 1,2 8,13 50 49 25
MIC 3
DETECTOR
L 3
L L(CH1)
CN700 12 35 22 1 27 36 27 2
TO
OVERALL
BLOCK
Q707 DIAGRAM
(2/4)
FOCUS 8 MF F0,F1 IC143 (4-70) 47 48 MF A,B 22
MIC
2
5 10
R
1 14 2 26 35 26 1
R(CH2) (VC-242)
RING
9 1,2 8,13 49 50 23 R 3 (SEE PAGE
CN1100 CN1103 CN500 CN501 CN053 CN051
CN052 DETECTOR
CN701
CN703 3-3)
L
33
FP-198
SE601,602 (FLEXIBLE)
PITCH
5 12
PSD OUT IC200 (4-72)
45 46
PS OUT
59
17 R
3
36
48
11
SHOE MIC L INTELLIGENT
ACCESSORY
SHOE(2/2)
SENSOR 8 2 L 10 CN1102
PITCH/YAW
SE600,603 SENSOR AMP LINE
YAW YSD OUT YS OUT
3 10 43 44 58 1
SENSOR
12 18 R
CN600 CN050 CN051 CN023 CN1101
SE-108
BOARD LA-026 BOARD(1/4)
16
(SEE PAGE 4-69)
3-1 3-2
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
CN300
VC-242 BOARD(2/4) DV IN/OUT
(4-17) (4-23) 138 X301

24.576MHz
139
SPCK SPCK
IC1407 77
199 201 IC301 (4-26) CN006 CN301
37 203 205 (CAIN) 142 45 6 TPA+,- 6 6
(HONEY) TPB+,-
60
DIGITAL
|
70
Y0-Y7
207 211 DV SIGNAL
| L BUS
42
IC361 9 2 2
YO-Y7 Y0-Y7 | STILL 213 215 PROCESS 145
PROCESS 68 (LIP)
51 1 3
| C0-C3 TRCK DV INTERFACE 29
46 5 7 51 47
64 LCK MC BUS
CO-C7 C0-C7 | 141 49 37
TO 38
63
HD,VD OE
17 JK-190
OVERALL 62 21 152
BLOCK
DIAGRAM HD,VD,OE HD,VD,DE
49
61 23 153
FRRV,TRRV,TRRT BOARD
JK-190
(1/4)
(4-30) (4-32)
48
96
200 202 156 (2/2)
(SEE PAGE 47 DATA TO SFD
204 206 133
BOARD(1/2) 3-2)
HI SO,SI,SCK IC1301 SPCK IC903 | Y0-Y7
208 212 132
DATA FROM SFD
68 87 SFD BCK
(TAKO) (ALIGN) 214 216 127
86
J301 39 LINE IN A/D 59 2 4 6 8
ZOOM VR AD LINE OUT CONVERTER Y0-Y7 | C4-C7
REC CK
S VIDEO 48 AGC 9 11 13 15 99
ACC Y 52 83 REC DT
42 36 2 97
C 49 80 18
34 6 C0-C7 HD,VD,OE
Y Y 79 22
C Y 20 20 18 42 83 AD DT
TAKO CK 78 24
26 25 38 | 6 6
C C HD,VD,DE TO
G G 22 22 14 37 88
V Y OVERALL
17 17 22 46 36 7 SYS CLK(IC1401) BLOCK DIAGRAM
PB CK (3/4)
C 81
7 ATF ERR
28 34 82 AFCK(IC903) 196 79
(SEE PAGE
30 AFCK SPCK(IC705) 48 3-5)
X1301 63 66
13.5MHz 10 9 170
J300
V 8 | MC BUS
VIDEO
HD 179
(4-17) 20 184 FRRV,TRRV,TRRT
ZOOM VR AD 20
| A0-A8
97
|
IC302 •
19
VD
•
183
IC1403 31 106 (4-25) 159
HI SO,SI,SCK | VSP SO,SI,SCK

TO 16Mbit DRAM 1 CHARACTER 18 COL0 195
OVERALL GENERATOR • | • 161
BLOCK 129 17 COL3 194
DIAGRAM SP+,- 13 • •
(4/4) D0-D15 | 16 191
OSD CS,SO,SCK 38 • • PANEL G
111 14 190 75
(SEE PAGE PANEL R,G,B,EVF R,G,B,HD,VD PANEL R
3-8) 48 73
LANC SIG 1 3 PANEL B
(4-19) 71
OSD CS
105 HD,VD
IC1404 VSP SO,SCK
141
•
12
OSD SO
OSD SCK •
106
142 | JID0-JID7 EVF G
232C ON RS232C
IF 67
J303 21 EVF R
Q111 65
LANC SIG/232C RD RXD 4 1 EVF B
LANC 35 35 12 9 140 132 63
LANC GND/232C TD TXD 143 144
37 37 14 7
Y
55
C
59
J302 HP L (4-46)
26 26 64
(4-46)
28 28
HP R
2 IC1001 8 SP+,-
Q1008,1004 (XYZ)
AUDIO
10 IC1002 VSP SO, SCK
L L I/O (ADC&DAC)
J300 L 12 12 54 D/A CONV.
A/D CONV.
AUDIO HI SO,SI SCK
R R
R 9 9 55
L
CN301 CN006 L 19 15 (4-20)
51
R R DATA FROM SFD 54-52
53 17 16 9 X1401 SPCK1(IC705)
46 25
L
3
8
DATA TO SFD
SFD BCK
7.375MHz
77
19 2 IC1406 (4-19)
12 79 21 4 6
49 R EEPROM
23 2
(4-48) (4-48)
IC1412
IC1007 IC1008 SYSCLK 88
(4-19)
109
112
DI,CI 1
2 SHUTTER
4
(4-17) SOUND
VCA
27
IC1401
L(CH1)
2 1 3 1 58
IC1409 IC1408 (4-21)
OVERALL
TO 1
IC1005 14
13 JID0-JID7
34
DIGITAL 50
TXD
RXD
BLOCK 16Mbit DRAM
EVR 41 STILL
DIAGRAM CONTROL
(1/4) JPEG 51
(LA-026) R(CH2)
(4-48) SYSCLK(IC1401)
2 6 7 5 7 60 2,9-16 1-13
(SEE PAGE 18 58-64 5-15 55-75 20-31 38-48
3-2) CN023 28
14
VSP SO,SCK
36
(4-22)
MS-049
15 A0-A10 |
BOARD
4
KASHAON
38
10
IC1410 MEMORY
STICK
SLOT
|
MEMORY CN023 CN051 CN775
1 STICK
16 D0-D15 • I/F 15 31 31 18 6 4
48
| 30 30 20 8 8
|
X1411 17 33 33 17 5 2
20MHz 40
IC1411 2 CN056 CN776
SCK
4 13
(4-22) XTAL OSC
LA-026
BOARD(3/4)
3-3 3-4
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
CN007
FOR ADJUSTMENTS C MECHA DECK
3 2 (SEE PAGE 4-39)
SWP RF MON (4-28)
VC-242 BOARD(3/4)
REC CK REC CK
IC102 CN101
40
REC DT REC DT (TRW)
42 6 ODD 5
REC/PB
7 6
AMP DRUM
(4-27) PB Y OUT 2 EVEN 8
42 27
AD DT 1 9
AD DT
6 6
15
IC101
20
(TRF)
EQ
TO A/D CONV.
PB CK PB CK
OVERALL 13 PLL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(2/4)
34 22 24 31
(SEE PAGE
3-4)
ATF ERR
95 SWP
60 SWP
78
| DRP SO,XDRP SCK
80 M902
CN024
MC BUS (4-37)
FRRV TRRT,TRRV 24
IC501 115
CAP FG 32
CAPSTAN
FG AMP
14,15
25
CAPSTAN
FG
VSP SO,SI,SCK MECHA 45 CAP ON,CAP FWD
CONTROL 46 2,3 17
(4-38) 26
IC402 |
20
(4-39) CAPSTAN
IC502
|
37 CN021 CN450 (4-105)
(4-40) MOTOR
DRIVE
21,23,19 7
|
M CAPSTAN
MOTOR
Q310 CN450 CN021 10

EEPROM FRRV
TRRT
TRRV
106
69
CAP PWM 56 IC401 54
45 46
CAP ERROR
SWITCHING 40 39
CAP VS
11
2-4 |
108
(RABI)
(2/2)
18
IC300 61 18.22 |
14
LPF (2/2)
74 CN020 M901
PWM
| DRIVE
Q311 IC401 6 DRUM
76 68
DRUM PWM 53 52
47 48
DRUM ERROR
SWITCHING 38 37
DRUM VS
(RABI) (1/2)
20,22,24
| M MOTOR
22 58 11 (4-39) DRUM 1
LPF MOTOR
1 DRIVE
DD-138 BOARD(1/2)
2 10 DRUM FG
X501
20MHz 47
DRUM ON,DRUM FWD,DRUM START 16,6,3
83 48 11 DRUM PG
HI SO,SI,SCK 82 63
TO
OVERALL 81
BLOCK DIAGRAM DRUM FG 1 DRUM FG AMP 64
(4/4) 116
(SEE PAGE
3-8) CHIME SDA,CHIME SCK,CHIME VDD
XCC DOWN DRUM PG 59 61

117 DRUM PG AMP CN022
27 M903
26,25 LOADING
49
50
LOAD,UNLOAD LOADING MOTOR
DRIVE
28,30 | M MOTOR
24
TREEL FG 40 42,43
114
SREEL FG 48 REEL FG AMP 45,46 DEW
113 23
SENSOR
TAPE END 34 35
54 TAPE END DETECT 8 T REEL
9 SENSOR
TAPE TOP 37 36
53 TAPE TOP DETECT 12 S REEL
11 SENSOR
DEW DET Q901

96
TAPE END SENSOR
21
TAPE LED ON
55
Q902
TAPE TOP SENSOR
REC PROOF SW 1
44
39 D901
MODE SW A - MODE SW D
| TAPE LED
42 14
REC PROOF
3 S902
5
4PIN
| CN901
CONNECTOR
7
XCC DOWN
4 S901
C IN
19
MODE
|
SWITCH
16
S903
16
3-5 3-6
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
CK-093 HL-011 BOARD FP-196

VC-242 BOARD(4/4) (4-44) CN1702
(FLEXIBLE)
ED-4980 CK-093 BOARD(1/2) IC1104 BOARD(2/2) 1
VOLUME SW
LCD BRIGHT SW
(4-98)
BOARD HI CONTROL 5
CN250 CN250 CN1701
EXPOSURE
1 40 40 DIAL C,D 82 DIAL C KEY AD7 100 22 22
KEY AD7
5 6 IC1701 11 2 COM1-4
SEG1-16 LCD
DIAL 2 42 42 83 DIAL D OSD SO,SCK 4 5 8 INDICATOR
LCD
3 4 7 DRIVE 30 21
S251,253,261
CN252 CN1703
EXPOSURE/SW 4 DISPLAY SW KEY AD5
SELF TIMER SW 36 36 98 KEY AD5
CN255 DATA CODE SW
X1101 40 20MHz OUT HSY
FP-197 S250,255,258,260,263
20MHz 41 20MHz IN PD-126 BOARD PSIG
5
4 CN2105
(FLEXIBLE) ZEBRA SW,TITLE SW, X1102 52 32KHz IN CHIME SDA 5 COM FOR
DIGITAL EFECT SW, KEY AD4 32.768KHz 2 ADJUSTMENTS
CN256 34 34 53 32KHz OUT CHIME SCL 6 VG
PICTURE EFECT SW,
PANEL OPEN/ MEMORY MIX SW 1
CLOSE SW 2 CHIME AD0 71
97 KEY AD4
CHIME SDA
S252,254,257,259,262
KEY AD6
CHIME AD2 73 CHIME SCK
CHIME VDD
20 20
PANEL R,G,B
3 3 48
IC2101 20
VR,VG,VB
4
PANEL TO 16 16 2 2 47 22 5
4 MEMORY FUNCTION SW 38 38 99 KEY AD6 XCC DOWN
REVERSE SW 18 OVERALL RGB LCD
XCC DOWN 18 18 1 1 46 24 3
BLOCK DRIVE UNIT
DIAGRAM PSIG
S256 RESET 5 38 XRESET HI SO,SI,SCK (3/4) (4-65) 27 6
HI XRESET 40
FP-194 RESET 32 32
LI 3V 42
(SEE PAGE
3-5) 39 12
COM
23
(FLEXIBLE) BT250 46 46 3 29 29
CN254 LITHIUM
BATTERY
CN008
VTR UNREG 7
IC1102 6
51
VDD 31 31 7
77
MENU 2 VDD SWITCH
BATT UNREG 87 (4-65) 15
CN009
(4-43) HI SO
HI SI
33
34 HI SO,SCK
35 35 10 10
46
IC2103 10 19
45
ZOOM VR AD 37 37 8 8
CONTROL ZOOM VR 3 HI SCK 35 42
TIMING
22
24
SWITCH BLOCK XPHOTO FREEZE
4 19 XPHOTO FREEZE 9 9
XHD
13 13 1
GENERATOR CN2104
(CF4980) PHOTO SW XPHOTO REC

5 92 KEY AD8 11 11
XVD
12 12 48
(SEE PAGE 4-86) XS/S SW CN251 CN2100 2 4 9
START/STOP SW 6 16 XS/S SW HD OUT PWM
XVTR MODE SW INVERTER
XCAM+STBY SW 7 14 XVTR MODE SW XCS OSD 44 BL ON BLOCK
PHOTO STBY SW ND901
POWER SW 8 15 XCAM+STBY SW OSD SO 45
41 41 SP+,- 1 PANEL 4.6V BACK BACK
9 20 XPHOTO STBY SW 46 SP901 LIGHT
XOSD SCK SPEAKER LIGHT
XEJECT SW 43 43 2 Q2182 DRIVE
EJECT SW 10 17 XEJECT SW
CN008 CN253 P UNREG
START/STOP SW
(LOW ANGLE) 12
LID OPEN SW
LID OPEN
13 31 LID OPEN
(4-34)
LB-065 BOARD
48 20 25 3 3 LCD
UNIT
66
EVF R,G,B
47 IC1802 22 26 2
R,G,B
2
BATT/EXT SW
FP-189 LA-026 BOARD(4/4) FAST CHARGE 50
46
RGB
24 24 4
COM
4
(FLEXIBLE) CN054 DRIVE 12 27 1 1
VTR DD ON 29 40
CN051
2 23 5 5
FADER SW KEY AD2 CAM DD ON 28 39
BACK LIGHT SW 3 29 30 95 KEY AD2
STOP LIGHT SW KEY AD3 SHOE ON 81
5 24 23 96 KEY AD3 14 14 14
(4-94)
CN201
46 (4-34) IC200
FP-188 24
(FLEXIBLE) 1 1 DIAL A,B 27 28 97 DIAL A
HI SO,SCK 45
IC1803 Q200
1 KP-010 S550
SEL/PUSH
EXEC 6 6
EXCUTE(DIAL)
25 26 98 DIAL B
42
TIMING
14
PWM
INVERTER
XHD
INDEX SW
FOCUS SW BOARD DIAL
2 2 28 27
XVD
1 GENERATOR 3 25 BACK LIGHT
DRIVE
ND200
BACK
6 CN550 CN056 48 VR LIGHT
14
CN055 1 9 VG
Q1102,1105 18 8 20 EVF BL 4.6V
VB
MK-014 MA-386 FK-076 MOD
36
59
MELODY
VCO
13 7 21
SIRCS ENV 15 CN002 CN200

BOARD BOARD(2/2) BOARD(2/2) XHD
12 CN007
S001-005 EVF BL- FOR
CN102 CN1103 17 ADJUSTMENTS
REC LEVEL GAIN SW LANC SIG EVF BL+
AUTO WHITE BALANCE SW INTELLIGENT 5 22 6 15 6 22 21 20
ACCESSORY
SHUTTER SW 3 10 SHOE 6 10 18 27 18 9
PROGRAM AE SW 10 80 HOT SHOE ID1
AUTO LOCK SW (2/2)
CN056 7 8 20 29 20 7 8 70 HOT SHOE ID2
(4-102)
CN001 26 25
4 XSIRCS IN
24 23
EVF BL 4.6V
DD-138
MI-038 IC1102 R391,392
BOARD(2/2)
FT-090 S500-511
93
94
KEY AD0
KEY AD1
PANEL R,G,B
EVF R,G,B
XHD,XVD,SP+,SP-
EVF 2.8V
EVF 13.5V (4-105)
BOARD BOARD(2/2) REMOTE
1 TO PANEL 2.8V
(4-89)
COMMANDER
RECEIVER
(REAR)
VTR
FUNCTION SW 48 IB SI LANC IN 1
OSD,CS,SO,SCK OVERALL
BLOCK PANEL 4.6V
IC300
49 IB SO LANC OUT 2 DIAGRAM
(2/4) PANEL 13.5V
IC750 HI,SO,SI,SCK
(SEE PAGE D 1.5V
DC/DC
CONVERTER
REMOTO
CN750 CN702 CN703 CN1100
SIRCS SIG Q1104 ZOOM VR AD
3-3) D 1.9V
COMMANDER 1 8 8 14 1 24 4 13 4 22 24
RECEIVER S1101 BATT SIG LANC SIG A 2.8V
(FRONT) I/F
AU 2.8V
CUSTUM
PRESET SW 21 7 16 7 19 20
Q700,702,704 D 2.8V
LANC (4-43) 36 35
7 7
LED
DRIVE 13 2 20 8
SIRCS PWM
17 8 20 19
SIG
11
IC1103 10
SHOE UNREG
38 37
TRF 2.8V
D 3.1V
D751
(IR EMITTER) CN500 CN053 CN023 LANC I/O 12
16 MS 3.1V
SHOE ON
6 7 34 33 A 4.6V
7 8 AU 4.6V
CN501 Q339
CN004 RP 4.6V
5 5 MT 5.2V
P UNREG
6 6 CAM 12V CN301
CAM -7V 1 J902
DC IN
CAM DD ON 2
30 29 Q301
VTR DD ON 3
32 31
49 50 VTR UNREG
VTR UNREG
51 52 CN300
BATT UNREG
BATT UNREG 50 49 1
FAST CHARGE
41 42
46 45
BATT/EXT SW 3
S J901
BATTERY
BATT SIG TERMINAL
44 43 4
CN021 CN450
3-7 3-8
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3) ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
CHARGE INH
DD-138 BOARD 44
33
SHOE ON
(4-61)
SHOE UNREG BATT SIG
43
Q329, INIT CHARGE ON
J901 339 27
BATTERY VTR DD ON
TERMINAL 31
CAM DD ON
29
CN301 FAST CHARGE
F300
BATT UNREG 42
1 BATT/XEXT SW
DCPACK SW 45
2
S 3 BATT SIG Q300,
301
F301 BATT UNREG BATT UNREG
49
4 Q302-304 Q315-317,324
CHARGE F305 MT 5.2V 54 MT 5.2V
SWITCH 5.2V
REG 56
F304
F303
J902 50 VTR UNREG
DC IN
F302 52
ACV UNREG
1
35 SHOE UNREG
2
BATT/XEXT 37
3
CN300
INIT CHARGE ON
BATT FET ON
TRF 2.8V
CHARGE INH
5 P UNREG
SHOE ON
Q306,
307
IC300 Q312
6
PANEL 2.8V
D308 (4-105) SWITCHING L303 17
DC/DC CONVERTER L307 MS 3.1V
EMERGENCY
T300 DETECT L306 D 3.1V PANEL 13.5V
20
PANEL 4.6V
Q321 19
5 55 VCC(0)1234 OUT7-1 64 SWITCHING
D306 2 1
RECT VCC(0)5678 OUT7-2
-IN7 13
28 VCC AU 4.6V
30
Q313
7 SWITCHING L304 L308
D 1.9V 51 D 1.9V
46 VSS(0)1234
53
8 57 VSS(0)567
OUT3-1 53 A 2.8V
D307
Q322 47
RECT
SWITCHING
OUT3-2 54 AU 2.8V
49 VDD(0)123 Q340,341 28 TO
L319
D 1.5V POWER
4 2 60 VDD(0)567 1.5V REG 32 D 2.8V BLOCK
-IN3 40
D305 DIAGRAM
1 3 RECT IC301 (4-107)
34
24 D 1.5V
(2/3)
(VC-242)
Q314 AMP
IC301
ERR AMP
26
(SEE PAGE
SWITCHING L305 L312
8 +IN8 D 2.8V 3-11)
7 -IN8 L314 AU 2.8V
L315 A 2.8V
OUT2-1 50
Q323 L309 PANEL 2.8V
3 OUT8 OUT2-2 51 SWITCHING
Q305 Q325 EVF 2.8V
SWITCHING
39 D 3.1V
-IN2 43 EMERGENCY
DETECT 41
L317 EVF 13.5V
T301 D311 A 4.6V
RECT Q327,331,332,337 22
L318 PANEL 13.5V
Q308 5 13.5V REG RP 4.6V
SWITCHING 55
4 6
VREF 27 VREF D312 Q344,348,349,351
RECT CAM 12V TRF 2.8V
OUT4 56 1 7 12V REG 18
-IN4 37
8
CAP VS
2 D313 40
RECT Q333-335,338
33 VB CAM -7V CAP ERROR
COMP 11 3 -7V REG 46
34 RT DRUM VS
38
Q309
35 CT SWITCHING L302 DRUM ERROR
L316 PANEL 4.6V 48
L311 A 4.6V
L313 RP 4.6V
Q318
OUT1-1 47
SWITCHING L310 AU 4.6V
OUT1-2 48
VTR DD ON EVF BL 4.6V
29 CTL1-6,8
30 CTL7 -IN1 44 CAM 12V
Q310 13
SWITCHING L300 CAM -7V
CAP VS 15
MS 3.1V
14
Q319
OUT6-1 61
SWITCHING
OUT6-2 62
CAP ERROR EVF 2.8V

+IN6 18 21
Q311 EVF 13.5V
SWITCHING L301 36
DRUM VS R391,392 EVF BL-
23
EVF BL+
25
Q320
OUT5-1 58 CN450
SWITCHING
OUT5-2 59
DRUM ERROR
+IN5 22
16
3-9 3-10
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
VC-242 BOARD
IC1104 (4-44)
CHARGE INH
43
CN021 HI CONTROL
JK-190 BOARD J303
SHOE ON LANC DC
BATT SIG
34
44
90 BATT SENS
SHOE ON 81
Q1104
CN006
32 32 LANC
DIGITAL I/O LB-065
INIT CHARGE ON
28
91 ACV SENS IB SO 49
I/F
BATT SIG CN301
BOARD
VTR DD ON IB SI 48 CN200 CN201 LCD
UNIT
CAM DD ON
32
30
(4-46) IC1102 (4-46) 11
EVF VCC
17 16
FAST CHARGE 8 EVF BL 4.6V 20
41 INIT CHARGE ON 25 (4-94)
BATT XEXT SW
46
D1103
IC1101 RESET 5 38 XRESET VTR DD ON 29
9 21
BATT UNREG CN002
50 2 REG 3 3 CAM DD ON 28
D1104
6
42 51
86 87
VDD
FAST CHARGE 50
IC200
D 2.8V INVERTER
D1102 CHARGE INH 47 2 ZOOM VR POWER
53 BACK
MT 5.2V
7 REG BATTER IN
DETECT
4 61 BATT IN BATT/XEXT 66 VTR CONTROL LIGHT
DRIVE
55
IC1103 SWITCH
(4-43) 8 XVTR MODE SW 14 7 OFF
LANC I/O 15 8
BLOCK
XCAM+STBY SW
49 20
CAMERA (CF-4980)
VTR UNREG XPHOTO STBY SW 9
1 UNREG POWER 4 12 XLANC ON
51 CN009 PHOTO
Q1106
14 LANC DC VCC 8
(SEE PAGE 4-86)
CHIME PWR CONT 7
CK-093 BOARD
D 2.8V
44 44 3 EXPOSURE
SHOE UNREG 36 SHOE UNREG IRIS DIAL
S256 CN255
38
32 32 RESET
46 46
CONTROL SWITCH
BT250
P UNREG 5
BTT LI 3V LITHIUM BATTERY
BLOCK(ED-4980)
6
PANEL 2.8V VTR UNREG CN251
18 PANEL 4.6V (SEE PAGE 4-62)
8 8 7
PANEL 2.8V
PANEL 13.5V Q1011 REG LANC DC 6 6 5
19
PANEL 4.6V
20 AU 4.6V PANEL 13.5V TO
10 10 6 POWER BLOCK
DIAGRAM
2 2 P UNREG (3/3)
(4-46) (4-43) (4-48) (4-48) 4 4
7 (PD-126)
(SEE PAGE
3-13)
IC1001 IC1002 IC1007 IC1005 14 14
EVER 3.0V
6
AU 4.6V CN008 CN250 CN252
(XYZ) AUDIO EVR
29
L1073
AUDIO I/O ADC&DAC IC1008 (4-38) (4-37)
FB1002 L1002
VCA,AMP IC502 IC501 105
XREEL
HALL ON D 2.8V
6
CN004
TO
POWER BLOCK
TO 52 L1001
POWER D 1.9V DIAGRAM
EEPROM MECHA 1
CONTROL VTR UNREG (3/3)
BLOCK 54
DIAGRAM (FK-076)
2
(1/3)
(DD-138)
A 2.8V
48
A 2.8V (SEE PAGE
3-13)
(SEE PAGE FB501 SHOE UNREG 15
3-10) AU 2.8V AU 2.8V 16
27 AU 2.8V
12
D 2.8V 31 D 2.8V AU 4.6V
14
33 VCC TO
FB901 L902 FB1301 36 POWER BLOCK
D 1.5V 23 DIAGRAM
D 3.1V 70 (3/3)
25 EVER 3.0V (LA-026)
72
D 2.8V (SEE PAGE
IC903 IC1301 IC301 IC361 IC302 A 4.6V
73
75
3-13)
(ALIGN) (TAKO) (CAIN) (LIP) 78
MT 5.2V
A/D CONV. VIDEO DV DV CHARACTER 80
D 3.1V 40 LINE IN/OUT SIGNAL INTERFACE GENERATER
AMP PROCESS CN023
42
A 4.6V A 4.6V
(4-32) L1301,1304
(4-30) (4-23) (4-26) (4-25)
21
D 3.1V HE VCC
15
RP 4.6V
56
RP 4.6V (4-39) MR VCC 26
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
MT 5.2V
(4-40) 27
D 1.9V
D 2.8V
IC401 Q1109,1108
CN024
FB706
IC402 13
MR VCC (RABI) CHIME VDD
7 4PIN
CONNECTOR
TRF 2.8V EVF 13.5V HE VCC
17 L802 25 DRUM
FB771 FB772 L701 FB707 L702 MOTOR DRIVE Q402
L801 DRUM ERROR DRUM FG,PG AMP
(4-36) (4-35) (4-35) 52 SENSOR VCC
LOADING 13 T REEL,
CAP ERROR MOTOR DRIVE S REEL
CAP_VS 18 54 R024
CAP VS CAPSTAN MOTOR REEL FG AMP SENSOR
DRIVE, DRUM VS TAPE TOP,END DET
37 11
IC803 IC802 IC801 IC771 IC704 IC706 22
CHIME PWR CONT

CAP FG AMP DRUM,CAP ERROR AMP
XREEL HALL ON
CAP ERROR
45
(U-CORE)
DRUM VS CAMERA A/D L402 L401
EVR CAMERA EEPROM SIGNAL S/H CONV. D 2.8V
39 AGC
CONTROL PROCESS
VTR UNREG
DRUM ERROR
47 MT 5.2V R424 TAPE LED A
15 TAPE LED
(4-16) (4-13) (4-14) CN022
CAM 12V
14
CAM -7V
16
C MECHA DECK
(SEE PAGE 4-39)
MS 3.1V RP 4.6V
13 L1803 L102
EVF VCC
FB1801
EVF 2.8V
22
(4-34)
(4-17) D 1.9V
CD-254 BOARD
FB101
L101
L103 CN025 L106 (4-9)
L1801
IC1802 IC1803 IC1407 A 4.6V

39 39 IC103
(4-28)
CAM DD ON (4-9) IC101
(4-34)
RGB
DRIVE
TIMING
GENERATOR
(HONEY)
DIGITAL
IC102 IC101 (4-27)
CAM 12V
Q701,702 AMP(G-CH)
L100
STILL MS VCC ON 48 48 CCD IMAGER
(TRW) (TRF)
PROCESS CAM -7V (G-CH)
EVF 13.5V EVF 13.5V 38 38
35 REC/PB EQ,
AMP A/D CONV. Q1404,1405
EVF BL- EVF BL 4.6V PLL (4-9)
EVF BL+
24
FB1404 (4-22)
(4-13)
L710
L104 IC104
26 (4-19) 23 23
(4-14) AMP(R-CH) (4-9) IC102
IC1410 IC701
L101
IC1404 IC1403 IC1409 IC1408 IC1406 IC1401 IC1412 IC1411 IC705

34 34
CCD IMAGER
(R-CH)
IC702 24 24
CN007 20 (4-19) (4-17) (4-17) (4-21) (4-20) (4-19) (4-9)
FOR
ADJUSTMENTS 17 RS232C
I/F
16M
DRAM
JPEG 16M DRAM EEPROM DIGITAL
STILL
118 SHUTTER
SOUND
MEMORY
STICK I/F
TIMING
GENERATOR
CCD
14 14
L105 IC105
V DRIVE
CONTROL
AMP(B-CH)
L107
(4-9) IC100
FB1401 FB1402 FB1406 FB1405 FB1403 R1455
D 2.8V D 2.8V 8 8
CCD IMAGER
MS 3.1V 12 12 (B-CH)
FB704
FB1407 CN100
16
3-11 3-12
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
PD-126 BOARD
PANEL 4.6V
7
PANEL 2.8V Q2102,2104
5
PANEL 13.5V VDD
6 18
L2103 LCD
CN2100 CN2104
UNIT
L2101 L2102 P OFF
14
(4-65)
TO
POWER BLOCK
DIAGRAM
IC2101 IC2103
(2/3)
(CK-093) RGB DRIVE
TIMING
(SEE PAGE GENERATOR
(4-65)
3-12) 4 HL-011 BOARD
(4-98)
BL ON
Q2181,2182
L2182 INVERTER
BLOCK
P UNREG L2181 BACK

IC1701
7 LIGHT
EVER 3.0V DRIVE LCD
6 INDICATOR
DRIVE
CN2101 7 7
CN2103 CN1701
CN501
D 2.8V D500-511
5 (4-101) (4-43) 1
FT-090 BOARD
UNREG 1 VTR FUNCTION KEY 2
INTELLIGENT
ILLUMINATION ACCESSORY SHOE
2 LED 3 (4-89)
IC1150 IC1102 4
CN1102
MIC AMP REMOTE
COMMANDER
D1105
MI-038 BOARD IC750
TALLY
CN053 CN500 RECEIVER LED
(REAR) (REAR) REMOTE
15 SHOE UNREG 12 21 12 16
MIC AMP IR LED Q700, COMMANDER
16 13 22 13 15 L1150 MIC POWER DRIVE RECEIVER
702,
AU 2.8V 704 (FRONT)
11 17 26 15 12 R1125 R1121
AU 4.6V Q701,703,
TO 13 15 24 14 14 8 7 705-707
POWER BLOCK D 3.1V R751
DIAGRAM 11 20 11 17 5 10 4 4
(2/3) MT 5.2V
(VC-242) 1 10 1 27 3 12 5 5
(SEE PAGE CN1103 CN1100 CN703 CN702 CN750 D750

3-12) FK-076 BOARD MA-386 BOARD R750
TALLY
LED
VCC (FRONT)
35
69 D 3.1V SE-108 BOARD F750
Q200,201
71 L200 D751
D 2.8V SE VCC
74 11 4 PITCH/YAW
A 4.6V R178 R186 L142 SENSOR IR LED
(SIRCS OUTPUT)
76 (4-70) (4-70) (4-70) CN600
(4-94)
77 MT 5.2V
79
CN051 IC143 IC144 IC141 IC200

FOCUS RING ZOOM RING
IC142
PHASE PHASE PITCH/YAW
DETECTOR DETECTOR IRIS DRIVE, SENSOR AMP
V REF LENS BLOCK
Q140,141
D003 L143
ZMFC SENS VCC
D 2.8V 26 ZOOM RESET SENSOR
ACCESS 4 9 FOCUS RESET SENSOR
LED Q073,074
CN001 ND SENS VCC
32 ND FILTER SW
L141 R187
DRIVE +
MK-014 Q076,078 21 IRIS METER
CN050
BOARD Q072,075
FB140 L140 L070 L071
L072
(4-70) (4-71,72) (4-72) MZ VCC
2 ZOOM RING
Q077
3 VCC 3 15 IC140 IC070-072 IC075 IC073,074 10

MF VCC
FOCUS RING
9
CN776 CN775
4 16
CN056 ZOOM MOTOR ACTIVE PRISM
IC076 ACTIVE PRISM
(4-72)
FOCUS MOTOR ACTUATOR DRIVE ACTUATOR
DRIVE VAP LOCK DRIVE PRE DRIVE
MEMORY P PWM
STICK Y PWM
SLOT
MS-049 AMP L073
11
VAP VCC
ACTIVE PRISM
BOARD LA-026 BOARD CN052
ACTUATOR
16
3-13 3-14E
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
SECTION 4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/3)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
CN100 50P CN025
1 GND GND 2
CCD
A IMAGER
3 H1B H2B 4
5 SUBB RGB 6
CD-254 BOARD 7 GND VDDB 8
CCD 9 10
IMAGER B_CCD_OUT GND
LENS 11 GND VLB 12
UNIT
13 V2BB VDD2B 14
CCD 15 16
IMAGER V3B V2AB
17 GND V1B 18
B SE-108 19 R_CCD_OUT GND 20

21 GND GND 22
BOARD 23 VDD2R VLR 24
25 V2AR V2BR 26 CONTINUED ON
27 V1R V3R 28 (SEE PAGE 4-3)
6P
29 H1R H2R 30
CN600
31 SUBR RGR 32
33 GND VDDR 34
PSD_OUT
YSD_OUT
C 35 G_CCD_OUT GND 36
SE_VCC
PS_REF
YS_REF
37 38
GND
GND VLG
39 VDD2G V2BG 40
5
4
3
2
1
41 V2AG V3G 42
43 V1G H2G 44
45 H1G RGG 46
47 SUBG VDDG 48
49 GND GND 50
D
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
3
2
9
8
7
6
4
3
1
MZ_GND
GND
GND
GND
CN051
MF_GND
ZOOM_B
ZOOM_A
NDC
NDA
NDB
80P
NC
P_DUMP_A
P_DUMP_B
Y_DUMP_A
Y_DUMP_B
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
MZ_VCC
MF_VCC
TEMP_OUT
TEMP_OUT
VAP_GND
Y_OUT
P_OUT
PSD_OUT
YSD_OUT
LOCK+
MZ_F1
MZ_F0
ZOOM_A-
ZOOM_B-
MF_F1
MF_F0
FOCUS_B
FOCUS_A
ZM_RST_SENS
HALL+
SE_VCC
VAP_VCC
ND_SENS_VCC
PS_REF
YS_REF
LOCK-
FT-090
LOCK_SENS_OUT
HALL-
DRIVE+
BIAS+
P_DRIV_A
P_DRIV_B
Y_DRIV_A
Y_DRIV_B
FOCUS_A-
FOCUS_B-
FC_RST_SENS
FZ_SENS_VCC
DRIVE-
BIAS-
LOCK_SENS_IN
1 R(CH2)IN L(CH1)IN 2
3 REG_GND REG_GND 4 BOARD

27P
39P
5 EXT_MIC_MONO EXT_MIC_DET 6
IC750
7 SHOE_ID2 ZOOM_MIC_CONT 8
CN052
CN050
9 SHOE_ID1 LOW_CUT_ON_CH1 10
AU_2.8V LOW_CUT_ON_CH2 MIC902 MIC901
11 12
REMOTE
E 13 AU_4.6V F_TALLY_LED 14 COMMANDER
RECEIVER
15 SHOE_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 16
MIC R MIC L
17 TALLY_LED SIRCS_SEL1 18
10
9
8
6
5
3
2
4
3
2
1
2
1
19 XCUSTOM_PRESET SIRCS_PWM 20
21 SIRCS_SEL2 LANC_SIG 22
MT_GND
MT_GND
SIRCS_SIG1
SIRCS_DRV_CL
MT_5.2V
D_3.1V
MT_GND
MT_GND
MT_GND
MIC_GND
INT_MIC_R2
INT_MIC_R1
MIC_R_GND
MIC_GND
INT_MIC_L2
INT_MIC_L1
MIC_L_GND
F_TALLY_LED
MS-049 BOARD 23 SIRCS_SIG
CTRL_B
KEY_AD3
MS_LED_ON
24
25 26
10P
4P
27 CTRL_A EXECUTU(DIAL) 28
4P
F VSS 10 29 KEY_AD2 SCLK 30
CN702
CN701
CN700
VCC 9 SCLK 8 31 DIO MS_IN 32
SCLK 8 MS_IN 7 33 BS REG_GND 34
N.C. 7 DIO 6 35 VCC VP_LOCK_DR 36
MEMORY INS 6 BS 5 37 C_RST VP_LOCK_SENS 38
STICK
CONNECTOR N.C. 5 VCC 4 39 TEMP_OUT VAP_DD_ON 40 CONTINUED ON
DIO
VCC
4
3 REG_GND
VCC 3
2
41 HALL_AD
PS_OUT
VP_TEMP
P_OUT
42 (SEE PAGE 4-3) MI-038 BOARD
43 44
G BS 2
CN775 8P
REG_GND 1 45 YS_OUT Y_OUT 46
VSS 1 47 MF_A MZ_A 48
CN776 10P 49 MF_B MZ_B 50
51 MF_LED IRIS_COM 52
14P
53 ND_SW1 IRIS_PWM 54
55 ND_SW2 P_PWM 56
CN703
MK-014 BOARD
F_TALLY_LED
SIRCS_PWM
57 ND_SW3 Y_PWM 58
SIRCS_SIG1
INT_MIC_R
INT_MIC_L
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
MT_GND
MT_GND
MT_5.2V
59 FC_RST_SENS ZM_FC_LED 60
AU_4.6V
D_3.1V
H S001 61 ZM_RST_SENS ND_MZ_LED 62
PROGRAM AE
LA-026 BOARD 63 EN1 EN0 64
10
11
12
13
14
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
65 DIR_1A DIR_0A 66
S002
67 DIR_1B DIR_0B 68
SHUTTER (1/3) LA BLOCK
SPEED
69 D_3.1V IRIS_GAIN 70
FP-199
(2/3) LD BLOCK 71 D_3.1V IRIS_OFFSET 72
N.C 1
FLEXIBLE
73 MT_GND D_2.8V 74
S003 (3/3) CN BLOCK
XACCESS_LED 2 75 MT_GND A_4.6V 76
WHT BAL
I
15
14
13
12
11
10
7
6
4
3
1
KEY_AD3 3 20 SCLK 77 MT_5.2V REG_GND 78
D_2.8V 4 19 MS_IN 79 MT_5.2V REG_GND 80
N.C.
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
INT_MIC_L
MIC_GND
INT_MIC_R
MIC_GND
AU_4.6V
MT_GND
MT_GND
D_3.1V
MT_5.2V
SIRCS_PWM
SIRCS_SIG1
F_TALLY_LED
S004 GND 5 18 DIO
AUDIO LEVEL GND 6 17 BS
15P
CN001 6P 16 VCC CN501 36P J4 20
15 VCC 1 UNREG
FK-076 BOARD N.C.(J7) 19
CN100
S005 14
13
GND
GND
2 UNREG J5
J6
18
17
FP-198
AUTO LOCK 3 XSW_LED_VTR
FLEXIBLE
J HOLD
12 N.C 4 XSW_LED_VTR
S500
N.C.(RCH_DET)
J1(J3) 16
11 XACCESS_LED 5 D_2.8V 15 J001

FP-190 10 KEY_AD3 6 KEY_AD0
STOP
J2 14 LINE
FLEXIBLE 9 D_2.8V
27P
7 KEY_AD1 S501 MA-386 BOARD N.C. 13
CN053
8 GND 8 GND PAUSE SD1 12
MT_5.2V 1
7 GND 9 GND CN500 27P CN103 27P SB3 11
KP-010 BOARD 6 DIAL_B
MT_GND 2
10 MT_5.2V
S502
L(CH1)OUT 27 1 L(CH1)OUT SB2 10
MT_GND 3 REW S1
S550 5 GND 11 MT_GND R(CH2)OUT 26 2 R(CH2)OUT SB1 9
SIRCS_SIG 4 LINE MIC
K SEL/PUSH EXEC
DIAL_B 6
4 GND
SIRCS_SEL2 5
12 MT_GND S503 REG_GND 25
24
3 REG_GND SA3 8
3 GND 13 SIRCS_SIG FF REG_GND 4 REG_GND SA2 7

GND 5 LANC_SIG 6
2 EXECUTE 14 SIRCS_SEL2 EXT_MIC_DET 23 5 EXT_MIC_DET SA1 6
GND 4 XCUSTOM_PRESET 7 S504
1 DIAL_A 15 LANC_SIG EXT_MIC_MONO 22 6 EXT_MIC_MONO SC1 5
GND 3 CN056 20P SIRCS_PWM 8 PLAY
16 XCUSTOM_PRESET ZOOM_MIC_CONT 21 7 ZOOM_MIC_CONT SC2 4
EXECUTE 2 TALLY_LED 9
17 SIRCS_PWM S505 SHOE_ID2 20 8 SHOE_ID2 SC3 3
DIAL_A 1 SIRCS_SEL1 10
18 TALLY_LED SLOW N.C. 19 9 N.C. SD3 2
CN550 6P
D_3.1V 11
19 SIRCS_SEL1 SHOE_ID1 18 10 SHOE_ID1 SD2 1
SHOE_UNREG 12 S506 CN101 20P
L 20 D_3.1V N.C. 17 11 N.C.
FP-200
SHOE_UNREG 13 REC
21 SHOE_UNREG AU_2.8V 16 12 AU_2.8V CN102 15P
FLEXIBLE
F_TALLY_LED 14
FP-202
22 SHOE_UNREG S507 F_TALLY_LED 15 13 F_TALLY_LED SHOE_UNREG 1
AU_4.6V 15
FLEXIBLE
FP-189 LOW_CUT_ON_CH2 16
23 F_TALLY_LED REC AU_4.6V
SHOE_UNREG
14
13
14 AU_4.6V SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG
2
24 AU_4.6V 15 SHOE_UNREG 3
FLEXIBLE AU_2.8V 17 S508
FLEXIBLE
25 LOW_CUT_ON_CH2 SHOE_UNREG 12 16 SHOE_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 4
6 N.C. SHOE_ID1 18 AUDIO DUB
S501 26 AU_2.8V D_3.1V 11 17 D_3.1V LANC_SIG 5
5 SPOT_LIGHT LOW_CUT_ON_CH1 19
FADER 27 SHOE_ID1 S509 SIRCS_SEL1 10 18 SIRCS_SEL1 SHOE_ID1 6
4 GND SHOE_ID2 20
M S502 3 BACK_LIGHT ZOOM_MIC_CONT 21
28 LOW_CUT_ON_CH1 EDIT SEARCH + TALLY_LED 9
8
19 TALLY_LED SHOE_ID2 7 INTELLGENT
ACCESSSORY
29 SHOE_ID2 SIRCS_PWM 20 SIRCS_PWM SHOE_MIC_GND 8 SHUE
BACK LIGHT 2 FADER EXT_MIC_MONO 22 S510
30 ZOOM_MIC_CONT XCUSTOM_PRESET 7 21 XCUSTOM_PRESET SHOE_MIC_GND 9
FP-201
1 GND EXT_MIC_DET 23 END SEARCH
S503 31 EXT_MIC_MONO LANC_SIG 6 22 LANC_SIG SHOE_MIC_GND 10
CN054 6P
REG_GND 24
SPOTLIGHT 32 EXT_MIC_DET S511 SIRCS_SEL2 5 23 SIRCS_SEL2 SHOE_MIC_L 11
REG_GND 25
33 REG_GND EDIT SEARCH - SIRCS_SIG 4 24 SIRCS_SIG SHOE_UNREG_GND 12
R(CH2)IN 26
34 REG_GND MT_GND 3 25 MT_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND 13
L(CH1)IN 27
35 R(CH2)OUT MT_GND 2 26 MT_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND 14
N FP-188
36 L(CH1)OUT MT_5.2V 1 27 MT_5.2V SHOE_UNREG_GND 15
FLEXIBLE
FOCUS
S550 CONTINUED ON
6 N.C.
INDEX MARK
5
(SEE PAGE 4-3)
INFINITY
4 GND
S551
3 AUTO/PUSH_AUTO
O PUSH AUTO
2 GND
S552 1 INDEX
CN055 6P
AUTO
16
MAN
INFINITY
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/3)

4-1 4-2
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
CN100 50P CN025
A 1 GND GND 2
JK-190 BOARD
3 H1B H2B 4
5 SUBB RGB 6
LB-065 BOARD LCD903
LCD
7 GND VDDB 8
J300 UNIT
9 B_CCD_OUT GND 10
VIDEO
11 GND VLB 12
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
13 V2BB VDD2B 14 L ND200
15 V3B V2AB 16 AUDIO BACK
COM
G
R
B
BLK
HCK1
HCK2
HST
RGT
CLR
EN
VCK1
VCK2
VST
VSS
VVDD
LIGHT
B 17 GND V1B 18
J301
R
CN300 J302 J303

19 R_CCD_OUT GND 20
(12.0V)
(12.0V)
16P
21 GND GND 22 S-VIDEO DV IN/OUT
LANC
23 VDD2R VLR 24
CN201
27P
CONTINUED ON 25 V2AR V2BR 26
27 V1R V3R 28
(SEE PAGE
40P
LANC_GND/232C_TD
LANC_SIG/232C_RD
CN200
4-2) 29 H1R H2R 30
EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_BL_GND
EVF_BL_GND
XTALLY_LED
XLANC_JACK_IN
31 SUBR RGR 32
CN301
AUDIO_R_I/O
AUDIO_L_I/O
DCG/CLR
HP_JACK_IN
XS_JACK_IN
C 33 34
V_JACK_IN
VIDEO_I/O
LED_K
GND VDDR
HCK2
HCK1
PWM
VCK2
HP_R_OUT
HP_L_OUT
COM
VDD
RGT
VSS
VSS
HST
DET
VST
STB
BLK
LANC_DC
S_C_I/O
S_Y_I/O
RCH_DET
LCH_DET
N.C
N.C
EN
35 G_CCD_OUT GND 36
R
G
B
TPB+
TPB-
TPA+
TPA-
37 GND VLG 38
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
3
2
1
NC
NC
39 VDD2G V2BG 40
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
41 V2AG V3G 42
43 V1G H2G 44 FP-193 FLEXIBLE
45 H1G RGG 46
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
27
26
PWM 25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
47 48
7
6
5
3
2
1
SUBG VDDG
COM
49 50
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VDD
R
G
GND
NC
NC
GND
RGT
B
EN
VSS
VSS
HST
HCK2
HCK1
DET
VST
STB
BLK
HP_R_OUT
VCK2
LANC_DC
RCH_DET
TPB+
LED_K
TPA+
HP_L_OUT
LCH_DET
N.C
N.C
DCG/CLR
TPB-
TPA-
EVF_BL_GND
EVF_BL_GND
HP_JACK_IN
V_JACK_IN
XTALLY_LED
XS_JACK_IN
XLANC_JACK_IN
S_C_I/O
S_Y_I/O
LANC_GND/232C_TD
AUDIO_R_I/O
VIDEO_I/O
AUDIO_L_I/O
LANC_SIG/232C_RD
EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_BL_4.75V
CN200
40P
CN023 80P
CN008 50P
1 L(CH1)IN R(CH2)IN 2
CN006
1 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG 2
3 REG_GND REG_GND 4
27P
3 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG 4
5 EXT_MIC_DET EXT_MIC_MONO 6
5 GND PANEL_2.8V 6
7 ZOOM_MIC_CONT SHOE_ID2 8
7 GND PANEL_4.6V 8
E 9 LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
SHOE_ID1 10
9 PANEL_XHD PANEL_13.5V 10
11 AU_2.8V 12
11 PANEL_XVD N.C 12
13 F_TALLY_LED AU_4.6V 14
13 N.C EVER_3.0V 14
15 SHOE_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 16
15 GND PANEL_G 16
17 SIRCS_SEL1 TALLY_LED 18
FLEXIBLE
17 GND PANEL_B 18
19 SIRCS_PWM XCUSTOM_PRESET 20
19 GND PANEL_R 20
21 LANC_SIG SIRCS_SEL2 22
21 N.C. KEY_AD7 22
23 KEY_AD3 SIRCS_SIG 24
23 LCD_COM/XDATA N.C 24
F 25 MS_LED_ON
EXECUTU(DIAL)
CTRL_B
CTRL_A
26
CN003 XX CN007 20P 25 XCS_LCD_DRIVER N.C 26 CONTINUED ON
27 28
VC-242 BOARD
FP-187
1 MT_4.75V 1 GND 27 XCS_LCD_PANEL N.C 28
29 SCLK KEY_AD2 30 (SEE PAGE
2 XDS_FLASH 2 RF_MON 29 OSD_SO N.C 30 4-5)
31 MS_IN DIO 32
3 CAM_XRESET 3 SWP 31 XOSD_SCK HI_XRESET 32
33 REG_GND BS 34
4 CAM_RXD 4 RF_IN/LANC_JACK_IN 33 N.C. KEY_AD4 34
35 VP_LOCK_DR VCC 36 1/18 CA(CH) BLOCK 10/18 IN BLOCK
5 CAM_TXD 5 TDO 35 HI_SO KEY_AD5 36
CONTINUED ON 37 VP_LOCK_SENS C_RST 38
2/18 CA(U-C) BLOCK 11/18 VF BLOCK 6 CAM_TEST_A 6 GND 37 XHI_SCK KEY_AD6 38
39 VAP_DD_ON TEMP_OUT 40
(SEE PAGE 7 XCS_MC_FLASH 7 TCK 39 NC DIAL_C 40
3/18 MS-1 BLOCK 12/18 CA(MC) BLOCK
G 4-2) 41 VP_TEMP
P_OUT
HALL_AD 42
8 XDRP_SCK 8 TDI 41 SP+ DIAL_D 42
43 PS_OUT 44
4/18 MS-2 BLOCK 13/18 MC BLOCK 9 DRP_SO 9 PANEL_COM 43 SP- D_2.8V 44
45 Y_OUT YS_OUT 46 CPC
10 DRP_SI 10 TMS 45 NC LI_3V 46
47 MZ_A MF_A 48 5/18 MS-3 BLOCK 14/18 MD BLOCK 11 MC_F_BUSY 11 H_START 47 GND GND 48
49 MZ_B MF_B 50
12 REG_GND 12 XHD/PSIG 49 GND GND 50
51 IRIS_COM MF_LED 52 6/18 JC-1 BLOCK 15/18 HI BLOCK
13 HI_XRESET 13 PD_VG
53 IRIS_PWM ND_SW1 54
7/18 JC-2 BLOCK 16/18 AU-1 BLOCK 14 HI_RXD 14 PD_VCO
55 P_PWM ND_SW2 56
15 HI_TXD 15 EVF_VCO CN021 60P
8/18 RF BLOCK 17/18 AU-2 BLOCK
H 57 Y_PWM
ZM_FC_LED
ND_SW3 58
16 HI_TEST_A 16 GND 1 REG_GND REG_GND 2
59 FC_RST_SENS 60
9/18 IO BLOCK 18/18 CN BLOCK 17 EFN_BL- 3 REG_GND REG_GND 4
61 ND_MZ_LED ZM_RST_SENS 62
18 EVF_VG 5 P_UNREG P_UNREG 6
63 EN0 EN1 64
19 LANC_SIG 7 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG_GND 8
65 DIR_0A DIR_1A 66
20 EVF_BL+ 9 MT_GND MT_GND 10
67 DIR_0B DIR_1B 68
11 MT_GND MT_GND 12
69 IRIS_GAIN D_3.1V 70
13 MS_3.1V CAM_12V 14
71 IRIS_OFFSET D_3.1V 72
15 AU_8.0V CAM_-7V 16
I 73 D_2.8V MT_GND 74
17 N.C PANEL_2.8V 18
75 A_4.6V MT_GND 76
19 PANEL_13.5V PANEL_4.6V 20
77 REG_GND MT_5.2V 78
21 A_4.6V EVF_2.8V 22
79 REG_GND MT_5.2V 80
23 D_1.5V EVF_BL- 24
25 D_1.5V EVF_BL+ 26
27 AU_2.8V INIT_CHARGE_ON 28 CONTINUED ON
10 GND
29 AU_4.6V CAM_DD_ON 30
9 GND (SEE PAGE
31 D_2.8V VTR_DD_ON 32 4-5)
J 8 KEY_AD1
33 D_2.8V SHOE_ON 34
FP-200
7 KEY_ADO
CONTINUED ON 35 EVF_13.5V SHOE_UNEREG 36
FLEXIBLE
XS/S_SW(LOW_ANGLE)
6 D_2.8V
10P
11P
14P
27P
27P
37 DRUM_VS SHOE_UNEREG 38
(SEE PAGE 5 XSW_LED_VTR
4-1) 39 CAP_VS D_3.1V 40
PHOTO_STBY_SW
XPHOTO_FREEZE
XCAM+STBY_SW
XVTR_MODE_SW
4 XSW_LED_VTR
CN101
CN020
CN009
CN024
CN022
41 FAST_CHARGE D_3.1V 42
XPHOTO_REC
ZOOM_VR_AD
REC_PRF_SW
SENSOR_VCC
3 NC
XEJECT_SW
HALL_COM
LID_OPEN
END_SENS
TOP_SENS
43 CHARGE_INH BATT_SIG 44
HALL_VCC
XS/S_SW
DRUM_W
DRUM_W
MIC_VDD
C_IN_SW
MIC_SDA
MIC_SCK
DRUM_U
DRUM_U
MR_GND
MR_GND
REEL_S+
DRUM_V
DRUM_V
REEL_T+
2 UNREG
REEL_S-
UNLOAD
UNLOAD
HE_GND
D_2.8V
REEL_T-
MSW_D
HE_VCC
MSW_C
FG_VCC
MSW_B
MSW_A
FG_VCC
WHE(+)
CAP_W
CAP_W
CAP_W
CAP_W
WHE(-)
UHE(+)
VHE(+)
CAP_U
CAP_U
CAP_U
CAP_U
CAP_V
CAP_V
CAP_V
CAP_V
UHE(-)
45 CAP_ERROR BATT/XEXT_SW 46
LED_K
VHE(-)
LED_A
YEVEN
XEVEN
DEW+
YODD
XODD
LOAD
LOAD
YSDL
XSDL
1 UNREG
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
FG2
FG1
PG
FG
47 DRUM_ERROR A_2.8V 48
K CN004 10P
49 VTR_UNREG BATT_UNREG 50
14
13
12
11
10
10 10
10 10
11 11
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
MSW_D 16 16
MSW_C 17 17
MSW_B 18 18
MSW_A 19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
51 VTR_UNREG D_1.9V 52
1
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK 53 MT_5.2V D_1.9V 54
DRUM_W
DRUM_W
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK

DRUM_U
DRUM_U
MR_GND
MR_GND
DRUM_V
DRUM_V
DEW+
YODD
XODD
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
CAP_W
CAP_W
CAP_W
CAP_W
PG
UNLOAD
UNLOAD
HALL_COM
LOAD
LOAD
HE_GND
YSDL
XSDL
YEVEN
XEVEN
10P
FG
CAP_U
CAP_U
CAP_U
CAP_U
REC_PRF_SW
MIC_VDD
CAP_V
CAP_V
CAP_V
CAP_V
FG2
FG1
SENSOR_VCC
END_SENS
HE_VCC
27P
C_IN_SW
MIC_SDA
LED_K
LED_A
TOP_SENS
FG_VCC
FG_VCC
27P
MIC_SCK
HALL_VCC
11P
WHE(+)
REEL_S+
REEL_T+
(PS-4980)
WHE(-)
REEL_S-
UHE(+)
VHE(+)
REEL_T-
55 MT_5.2V RP_4.6V 56
UHE(-)
VHE(-)
(CF-4980) 57 REG_GND REG_GND 58
S806 GND 1 59 REG_GND REG_GND 60

EJECT POWER XEJECT_SW 2
S812 S811
PHOTO_STBY_SW 3
L S810 VTR
XCAM+STBY_SW 4
PHOTO FREEZE
START/STOP
OFF XVTR_MODE_SW 5
XS/S_SW 6
CAMERA
GND 7
PHOTO GND 8
EVEN ODD
CH CH
VIDEO
HEAD
FG
PG M S903
M
FG
PG M
MODE SWITCH
M M903
M901 LOADING MOTOR M902
16 DRUM MOTOR LOADING MOTOR
VIDEO HEAD
FP-594 FLEXIBLE
C-MECHANISM

4-3 4-4
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CONTROL SWITCH
FP-197
A BLOCK(ED-4980) FLEXIBLE FP-194
S001 FLEXIBLE ND201 BACK-LIGHT
(RVS)
CONTROL S001
S002
DIAL
(OPEN/CLOSE)
MENU
LCD901 COLOR
LCD
UNIT
DUMMY_LAND
BL_LOW
BL_GND
BL_HI
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
6
5
4
3
2
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
3
2
1
NC
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
TEST1/COMCNT
COM/SMON2
VST/SSP
VCK/SSPB
EN/SCK
DWN/SCKB
VVDD/SVDD
VSS/GND
HVDD/GVCC
VVSSG/GSP
CS/GSPB
WIDE/GCKB
HST/GCK
REF/GPWCB
SOUT/GPWC
CRext/PCTLB
HCK2/PCTL
HCK1/GUD
PSIG/PVID
G/VG
R/VR
B/VB
RGT/SLR
TEST2/SMON1
PANEL_RVS
PANEL_OPEN/CLOSE
MENU/REC LEVEL
EXPOSURE/IRIS
2.8V(DIAL)
DIAL_D(EXP/IRIS)
DIAL_C(EXP/IRIS)
24P
INVERTER UNIT
6P
6P
5P
CN2104
CN254
CN255
CN256
PANEL_UNREG
UNREG_GND
CN253 2P
BL_PWM
C 1 SP+
VDD
DET
SP901
SPEAKER 2 SP-
CN251 14P CN2100 14P
CN250 50P
CK-093 BOARD PANEL_B 1
2
1 PANEL_B
PANEL_G 2 PANEL_G
1 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG 2 PANEL_R 3 3 PANEL_R

S250 S258
3 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG 4 REG_GND 4 4 REG_GND
TITLE PICTURE EFFECT
D 5
7
GND PANEL_2.8V 6
8 S251
PANEL_2.8V 5
6
CP-094 5 PANEL_2.8V
GND PANEL_4.6V PANEL_13.5V 6 PANEL_13.5V
9 10 DISPLAY
S259
7
HARNESS
PANEL_XHD PANEL_13.5V PANEL_4.6V 7 PANEL_4.6V
MEMORY DELETE
11 PANEL_XVD N.C 12 XHI_SCK 8 8 XHI_SCK
S252
13 N.C EVER_3.0V 14 S260 XCS_PANEL 9 9 XCS_PANEL
MEMORY
15
17
GND PANEL_G 16
18
INDEX
MEMORY MIX HI_SO 10 10 HI_SO
PD-126 BOARD
GND PANEL_B REG_GND 11 11 REG_GND
S253 S261
FLEXIBLE
19 GND PANEL_R 20 XVD 12 12 XVD

(SELF TIMER) DATA CODE
E 21
23
N.C.
LCD_COM/XDATA
KEY_AD7
N.C
22
24 S262
XHD
N.C
13
14
13
14
XHD
PANEL_15.5V
S254
CONTINUED ON
25 XCS_LCD_DRIVER N.C 26 MEMORY + MEMORY PLAY
(SEE PAGE 27 XCS_LCD_PANEL N.C 28 S255
4-4) CN252 8P CN2101 8P
FP-187
29 OSD_SO N.C 30 S263

DIGITAL XCS_LCD_DRIVER 1 1 XCS_LCD_DRIVER
31 XOSD_SCK HI_XRESET 32 EFFECT ZEBRA
33 N.C. KEY_AD4 34 S256
LCD_COM/XDATA 2
CP-093 2 LCD_COM/XDATA
OFF XOSD_SCK 3 3 XOSD_SCK

35 HI_SO KEY_AD5 36 RESET HARNESS
OSD_SO 4 4 OSD_SO
F 37
39
XHI_SCK
NC
KEY_AD6
DIAL_C
38
40
S257
70
KEY_AD7 5 5 KEY_AD7
MEMORY - 100 EVER_3.0V 6 6 EVER_3.0V
5P
7P
41 SP+ DIAL_D 42
UNREG 7 7 UNREG
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
43 SP- D_2.8V 44
CN2105
LCD_COM/XDATA
CN2103
UNREG_GND 8 8 UNREG_GND
45 NC LI_3V 46
EVER_3.0V
XOSD_SCK
47 GND GND 48
KEY_AD7
REG_GND
OSD_SO
49 GND GND 50
PSIG
HSY
GND
COM
VG
G
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
CPC
FP-195
FLEXIBLE
CN450 60P
1 REG_GND REG_GND 2
3 REG_GND REG_GND 4
H
5 P_UNREG P_UNREG 6
DD-138 BOARD
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG_GND 8
REG_GND
9 MT_GND MT_GND 10
OSD_SO
KEY_AD7
XOSD_SCK
LCD_COM/XDATA
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
EVER_3.0V
11 MT_GND MT_GND 12 (1/2) DD-1 BLOCK
13 CAM_12V MS_3.1V 14
(2/2) DD-2 BLOCK
15 CAM_-7V AU_8.0V 16 CN1703 21P
7P
17 PANEL_2.8V N.C 18 N.C 1
CN1701
CN301 3P
19 PANEL_4.6V PANEL_13.5V 20 COM4 2
21 EVF_2.8V A_4.6V 22
ACV_UNREG 1
FP-196 COM3 3
I 23 EVF_BL- D_1.5V 24
ACV_GND 2 DC IN
FLEXIBLE SEG15 4
FLEXIBLE
BATT_XEXT 3 CN1702 5P
25 EVF_BL+ D_1.5V 26 S001 SEG16 5
CONTINUED ON 1 KEY_AD7
27 INIT_CHARGE_ON AU_2.8V 28 LCD BRIGHT + SEG1 6
2 KEY_AD7_S1
(SEE PAGE 29 CAM_DD_ON AU_4.6V 30 SEG14 7
4-4) S002 3 REG_GND
31 VTR_DD_ON D_2.8V 32 SEG13 8 LCD902
LCD BRIGHT - 4 KEY_AD7_S2
33 SHOE_ON D_2.8V 34 SEG12 9
5 KEY_AD7_S3
FP-205
35 SHOE_UNEREG EVF_13.5V 36 S003 SEG11 10
37 SHOE_UNEREG DRUM_VS 38
CN300 4P
VOLUME + HL-011 BOARD SEG10 11 CARACTOR
DISPLAY
J 39 D_3.1V CAP_VS 40
BATT_UNREG
DCPACK_SW
1
SEG9 12
2 S004
41 D_3.1V FAST_CHARGE 42 BATTERY SEG8 13
BATT_SIG 3 TERMINAL VOLUME -
43 BATT_SIG CHARGE_INH 44 SEG7 14
BATT_GND 4
45 BATT/XEXT_SW CAP_ERROR 46 SEG6 15
47 A_2.8V DRUM_ERROR 48 SEG5 16
49 BATT_UNREG VTR_UNREG 50 SEG4 17
51 D_1.9V VTR_UNREG 52 SEG3 18
53 D_1.9V MT_5.2V 54 SEG2 19
K 55 RP_4.6V MT_5.2V 56 COM2 20
57 REG_GND REG_GND 58 COM1 21
59 REG_GND REG_GND 60
16

4-5 4-6
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
(For printed wiring boards) (Measuring conditions voltage and waveform)

• b: Pattern from the side which enables seeing. • Voltages and waveforms are measured between the measure-
(The other layers' patterns are not indicated.) ment points and ground when camera shoots color bar chart of
• Through hole is omitted. pattern box. They are reference values and reference wave-
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. forms. *
• There are few cases that the part printed on diagram (VOM of DC 10 MΩ input impedance is used.).
isn’t mounted in this model. • Voltage values change depending upon input impedance of VOM
• Chip parts. used.) *
Transistor Diode
C 65 4 45 6 4 5 1 2 3 3 3 1. Connection
Pattern box
B E 12 3 32 1 32 1 54 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
(For schematic diagrams)
• All capacitors are in mF unless otherwise noted. pF : m mF. 50V
or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums.
• Chip resistors are 1/10W unless otherwise noted.
kW=1000W, MW=1000kW. 95 cm
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, Be-
cause it is damaged by the heat.
• Some chip part will be indicated as follows.
Example C541 L452
22U 10UH
TA A 2520
Front of the protection glass
Kinds of capacitor
Temperature characteristics
External dimensions (mm)
• Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicate

that they are not used. 2. Adjust the distance so that the output waveform of Fig. a and
In such cases, the unused circuits may be indicated. the Fig. b can be obtain.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,
unless otherwise noted. H
Yellow
Magenta
• Signal name
White
Cyan
XEDIT → EDIT PB/XREC → PB/REC
Green
• 2 : non flammable resistor
Red
Blue
• 1 : fusible resistor
• C : panel designation
• A : B+ Line *
• B : B– Line *
•J : IN/OUT direction of (+,–) B LINE. *
• C : adjustment for repair. *
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. * A B A=B B A
* Indicated by the color red. Fig. a (Video output terminal output waveform)
Note : Note :
The components identified by Les composants identifiés par
mark 0 or dotted line with mark une marque 0 sont critiques Electron beam
0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité. scanned frame
Magenta
Green
Yellow
Replace only with part number Ne les remplacer que par une
White
Cyan
Blue
Red
specified. pièce portant le numéro spécifié. CRT picture frame
Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)
When indicating parts by reference number, pleas include

the board name.
4-8
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
For Schematic Diagram

• Refer to page 4-11 for printed wiring board.
• Refer to page 4-109 for waveforms.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CD-254 BOARD NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE
CCD IMAGER P :PB MODE
A -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
SIGNAL PATH
XX MARK:NO MOUNT VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
C102
22u
L100
C130 REC
16V 0.1u
B 100uH B
PB
R112
B 200k RGG
H1G
H2G
C100
0.1u
4 5
2200p
C131
B
B
C112
3 4.7u
16V
A
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R12.1/P0
R6.4/P1.1
-7.1
R10.9/P0
R1.2/P0
R1.9/P0
VDD
GND
SUB
VL
NC
RG
H1
H2
IC103
C BUFFER
IC101
IC101
IC103
G-CH CCD 2 1 AD8014ART-REEL7
R106 1k
IMAGER C113 4.6
10u 2.4 IC100,101,102
R9.5/P0
CN100 50P
1
5
6.3V ICX246AL-13:NTSC MODEL
VOUT
VDD2
GND
P ICX247AL-13:PAL MODEL
V2B
V2A
VL2
GND GND
V3
V1
49 50
2.5
SUBG VDDG
3
R100 4 47 48
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5600 2.4 H1G RGG
45 H1G RGG 46
R-6.7/ C117 R109 V1G H2G
D
R-0.4/
R-0.4/
R-6.7/
P0 0.1u 82 43 V1G H2G 44

R101
4700
B V2AG V3G
P0
P0
P0
41 V2AG V3G 42
6 L106 100uH
39 VDD2G V2BG 40
V2BG
V2BG
V2AG
GND VLG
V3G
V1G
C104 37 38
4.7u G_CCD_OUT GND
B 35 36
L101 100uH
C103 33 GND VDDR 34
22u C132 0.1u B
RGR
16V 31 SUBR RGR 32
C133
B H1R H2R
2200p B H1R H2R
29 30
R113 V1R V3R
RGR
H1R
C101
H2R
E 0.1u
B
200k
V2AR
27
25
V1R
V2AR
V3R
V2BR
28
26
V2BR
C114
4 R1.9/
4.7u
16V
23
21
VDD2R
GND
VLR
GND
24
22
P0 A
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
19 R_CCD_OUT GND 20
V1B
R12.1/P0
R6.8/P1.1
-7.1
R11.0/P0
R1.2/P0
VDD
GND
SUB
VL
NC
RG
H1
H2
5 IC104 R107
82
V3B
17
15
GND
V3B
V1B
V2AB
18
16
V2AB
V2BB
3 BUFFER
13 V2BB VDD2B 14
IC102
F IC102 IC104
AD8014ART-REEL7
11 GND VLB 12
2 1
1k
C115 9 B_CCD_OUT GND 10

R-CH CCD 10u 2.4 4.6
IMAGER 6.3V GND VDDB
1
7 8
VOUT
R108
P
GND
GND
RGB
V2B
V2A
RGB
7
NC
SUBB
2
5 6
V3
V1
2.5 H1B H2B

R102 H1B H2B
3
3 4
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5600 2.4
1 GND GND 2
R-6.7/ C118
R-0.4/
R-6.7/
R-0.4/
P0 0.1u
R9.5/P0
B
P0
P0
P0
L104 TO VC-242 BOARD(1/18)

100uH CN025
G R103 (SEE PAGE 4-13)

V2AR
V2BR
C105
V1R
V3R
4700
4.7u
B
V1B
V3B
V2AB
V2BB
L105 100uH
C111
4700
0.1u
B
C108 R111
2 10u
2.4 4.6 82
R104
6.3V
P
1
1 R110
2
1k
2.5
H
3
2.4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C110
4.7u R105 NTSC MODEL:DCR-VX2000
B 5600 PAL MODEL :DCR-VX2000E
R-6.7/P0
R-6.7/P0
R-0.4/P0
R-0.4/P0
R9.5/P0
V1
V3
V2A
V2B
NC
GND
GND
VOUT
IC105
8 BUFFER
3 Precautions Upon Replacing CCD Imager

IC100
IC105
IC100 AD8014ART-REEL7
• The CD-254 board mounted as a repair part is not equipped
R6.7/P1.1
B-CH CCD
with a CCD imager.
R10.8/P0
R12.1/P0
R1.9/P0
R1.2/P0
IMAGER
I When replacing this board, remove the CCD imager from the
GND
VDD
SUB
-7.1
RG
NC
H2
H1
C109 C119
VL
C120
4.7u 22u
16V 16V
0.1u
B L107
old one and mount it onto the new one.
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 A B 100uH • If the CCD imager has been replaced, carry out all the adjust-
5 ments for the camera section.
• As the CCD imager may be damaged by static electricity from
200k
C134 C135
2200p 0.1u
4
B B its structure, handle it carefully like for the MOS IC.
R114
In addition, ensure that the receiver is not covered with dusts

RGB
H2B
H1B
J nor exposed to strong light.

16
CCD IMAGER
4-9 4-10 CD-254
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
CD-254 (CCD IMAGER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

— Ref. No. CD-254 Board; 1,000 Series —
For printed wiring board

• Refer to page 4-116 for parts location.
• This board is four-layer print board. However, the pat-
terns of layers two and three have not been included
in the diagram.
There are few cases that the part printed on this

diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
MA-386 LB-065
MI-038 (AUDIO AMP) (BACK LIGHT) CK-093
(MIC IN) (KEY IN)
FT-090
(REMOTE)
PD-126
(RGB DRIVE/TG)
INVERTER TRANSFORMER
UNIT
HL-011
(LCD DRIVE)
SE-108 CD-254
(VAP SENSOR) (CCD IMAGER)
FK-076
(CONTROL SWITCH)
CCD IMAGER
CD-254 4-11 4-12
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
JK-190 BOARD SIGNAL PATH

JACK BOARD VIDEO SIGNAL
A AUDIO
-REF.NO.:2000 SERIES- CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA SIGNAL
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
REC
PB
J301
C Y
FB300 FB301 CN301 40P
S S
B S VIDEO G G
40
39
GND
GND
38 GND
LANC_GND/232C_TD
37 LANC_GND/232C_TD
R311 0 HP_JACK_IN 36 GND
XSJACK_IN LANC_SIG/232C_RD
35 LANC_SIG/232C_RD
S_C_I/O R312 0 HP_R_OUT
34 GND
S_Y_I/O R313 0 XLANC_JACK_IN
HP_L_OUT
33 XLANC_JACK_IN
LANC_DC
C J302
R314 0 32
31
LANC_DC
GND
R300
0 D301 D306 30 GND
1608 01ZA8.2(TPL3) (HEADPHONE) R320 HP_JACK_IN
MA8082-(K8).S0
0 29 HP_JACK_IN
LND301 HP_R_OUT
28 HP_R_OUT
CH.GND D312 D314
CH.GND 27 GND
D303 01ZA8.2(TPL3) MA8082-(K8).S0 HP_L_OUT
LND300 01ZA8.2(TPL3) D313 26 HP_L_OUT
01ZA8.2(TPL3)
25 GND
TO
D XSJACK_IN
24
23
GND
XS_JACK_IN
VC-242 BOARD
(9/18)
S_C_I/O CN006
R315 0 22 S_C_I/O
(SEE PAGE 4-29)
21 GND
R316 S_Y_I/O
0
XLANC_JACK_IN 20 S_Y_I/O
R304 0 RCH_DET
R317 19 GND
0 V_JACK_IN
R305 0 AUDIO_R_I/O 18
LANC_GND/232C_TD V_JACK_IN
J303 R318 0 VIDEO_I/O
J300 R306 0 17 VIDEO_I/O
E AUDIO
R
R307 0 LCH_DET
LANC R319
0 LANC_SIG/232C_RD 16
15
GND
GND
XLANC_JACK_IN
R308 0 AUDIO_L_I/O
L LCH_DET 14 GND
D309 LANC_DC
R309 0 MAZJ200D0LS0 13 LCH_DET
AUDIO_L_I/O
VIDEO 12 AUDIO_L_I/O
V_JACK_IN D311
R301 0 11 GND
MA8075-TX RCH_DET
LND302
R302 0 VIDEO_I/O
10 RCH_DET
CH.GND AUDIO_R_I/O
R303 0 D310 R310 9 AUDIO_R_I/O
01ZA8.2(TPL3) XX
F 8
7
GND
GND
TPA
R322 R323 NTPA 6 TPA+
XX XX CN300 4P
TPA 5 TPA-
TPA 4
NTPA 4 GND
NTPA 3 TPB
DV IN/OUT TPB 3 TPB+
TPB 2 NTPB
L301 L302
100uH 100uH NTPB 2 TPB-
2520 2520 NTPB 1
1 GND
G C301
0.001u
C302
0.001u
C303
0.001u
D302
01ZA8.2(TPL3)
D305
MA8082-(K8).S0
D308
MA8082-(K8).S0 R321
LND303
B B B D300 D304 D307 0
16 01ZA8.2(TPL3) 01ZA8.2(TPL3) MA8082-(K8).S0 1608
CH.GND
C304
0.001u
B
JACK BOARD
4-57 4-58 JK-190
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
CK-093 BOARD CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(ED-4980)
KEY IN S001
A -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- EXPOSURE

BUTTON
XX MARK:NO MOUNT CN255 6P 6P S002
1 DIAL_C(EXP/IRIS) DIAL_C 1
EXPOSURE
2 DIAL_D(EXP/IRIS) DIAL_D 2 DIAL
CN251 14P
3 2.8V(DIAL) D_2.8V 3
PANEL_B 1
4 EXPOSURE/IRIS EXPOSURE/IRIS 4
PANEL_G 2
5 REG_GND REG_GND 5
PANEL_R 3
6 REG_GND REG_GND 6
REG_GND 4 S263
B PANEL_2.8V 5
R250
XX R254
XX
S250
S255
DIGITAL
S258
PICPURE
S260 ZEBRA
XX
TO PANEL_13.5V 6 TITLE EFFECT EFFECT MEMORY MIX SEIDEN

PD-126 BOARD R257 R260 R263 R266 R269
1200 3300 6800 22k OFF 70 100 MA8082-(K8).SO 01BZA8.2(TE85L)
CN2100 PANEL_4.6V 7 AD4 1500
(SEE PAGE XHI_SCK 8

4-65)
XCS_PANEL 9
HI_SO 10 FP-197 FLEXIBLE

REG_GND 11
XVD 12
C XHD 13
R252
S253
EXPOSURE MENU
S251 S261
N.C 14 XX IRIS REC LEVEL CN256 6P CN256 6P
(SELF TIMER)
DISPLAY R258 R261 R264 DATA CODE R267
R255 1 REG_GND REG_GND 1
1200 1500 3300 6800 22k
CN252 8P AD5 S002 S001
2 PANEL_OPEN/CLOSE PANEL_OPEN/CLOSE 2
XCS_LCD_DRIVER 1 (OPEN/CLOSE) (RVS)
3 REG_GND REG_GND 3
LCD_COM/XDATA 2
TO 4 PANEL_RVS PANEL_RVS 4
PD-126 BOARD XOSD_SCK 3
CN2101 5 REG_GND REG_GND 5
OSD_SO 4
(SEE PAGE 6 REG_GND REG_GND 6
D 4-65) KEY_AD7
EVER_3.0V
5
6
UNREG 7
UNREG_GND 8
CN250 50P R253
S252
S254 S257
S259 S262
FP-194 FLEXIBLE
XX MEMORY MEMORY MEMORY
1 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG 2 INDEX R256 MEMORY + MEMORY – R262 DELETE R265 PLAY CN254 5P CN254 5P
R259 R268
1200 1500 3300 6800 22k
3 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG 4 AD6 1 REG_GND REG_GND 1
5 REG_GND PANEL_2.8V 6 2 MENU/REC LEVEL MENU/REC LEVEL 2
S001
7 REG_GND PANEL_4.6V 8 3 REG_GND REG_GND 3
E 9 PANEL_XHD PANEL_13.5V 10 4 REG_GND REG_GND 4
11 PANEL_XVD N.C 12 5 NC NC 5 MENU
S256 BT250
13 N.C EVER_3.0V 14 LITHIUM
RESET BATTERY
15 REG_GND PANEL_G 16
17 REG_GND PANEL_B 18
19 REG_GND PANEL_R 20
R251 LND250
21 N.C. KEY_AD7 22 XX CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(ED-4980), FP-194 FLEXIBLE
D255
SEIDEN are replaced as a block.
23 LCD_COM/XDATA N.C 24 D252 D253
So that these PRINTED WIRING BOARD are omitted.
F 25 XCS_LCD_DRIVER N.C 26
MA8082-(K8).S0 01BZA8.2(TE85L)
D254
01BZA8.2(TE85L)
01BZA8.2(TE85L)
LND252
27 XCS_LCD_PANEL N.C. 28 SEIDEN
29 OSD_SO N.C 30
31 XOSD_SCK HI_XRESET 32
33 N.C. KEY_AD4 34
35 HI_SO KEY_AD5 36
37 XHI_SCK KEY_AD6 38 SIGNAL PATH
39 NC DIAL_C 40
VIDEO SIGNAL
G 41 SP+ DIAL_D 42
43 SP- D_2.8V 44 CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
45 NC LI_3V 46
REC
49 REG_GND REG_GND 50 PB
TO VC-242 BOARD(18/18)
CN008
(THROUGH THE FP-187 FLEXIBLE)
H (SEE PAGE 4-49)
CN253 2P
1 SP+ SP901
(SPEAKER)
2 SP-
D250 D251
01BZA8.2(TE85L) 01BZA8.2(TE85L)
I
16
KEY IN
4-61 4-62 CK-093
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
PD-126 BOARD L2105

XX
Note : Resistor is mounted to the
Location where C2129 is printed.
RGB DRIVE/TG L2103
10uH R2161
2520 XX
C2115
XX MARK:NO MOUNT C2112 C2114 3.3u 20V R2165
TA A Q2104 Q2102,2104
2.2u 0.01u 0 B-SWITCH
Note : Note :
BGP
BLK
PRG
FRP
PFRP
NDS356AP
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 2012
R :REC MODE 13.5 13.5
P :PB MODE C2130 R2114 The components identified by Les composants identifiés par
VR
VG
VP
VB
0.01u 15k
VP R2144
470k
C2125
0.01u
R2162
0 mark 0 or dotted line with mark une marque 0 sont critiques
0.7 1.7 2.7 0 2.8 1.4 1.4 2.8 6.8 1.7 13.5 C2123 C2124
0
R2151 R2155
0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité.
3.3u
B CN2100
PANEL_B 1
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 20V
TA
0.01u
R2147
XX XX
0
R_INJECT
EXT_DA
N.C
BGP
BLACK_IN
PRG
FRP
PFRP
VP
P_DC_DET
Vcc2
A
specified. pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
XVP.SAVE
0
PANEL_G 2
TG14 2.8
PANEL_R 3
REG_GND
R2138 100
4 R2111
R2134 10
R2136 10
R2137 10
1.1
470k
6 6.8 VB
37
24
PANEL_2.8V 5 TG15
C_BG/N.C VB
TO 2.8 C2118 2.2u
PANEL_13.5V 6 XC.SAVE 1.7
CK-093 BOARD D2105
38
23
CN251 XC.SAVE B_DC_DET TG16 XX
PANEL_4.6V 7 2.5
XHI_SCK
Q2107
XHI_SCK 6.8
(SEE PAGE VG
XX
C
39
22
4-61)
XHI_SCK
XCS_PANEL
8
9
XCS_PANEL
XTG_SO
2.7
XSCK 5 VG
C2119 2.2u
Q2105
XX
XHI_SO
40
21
HI_SO 10 SI G_DC_DET 1.7 Q2102
2.9 C2128
XCS_PANEL
L2101
IC2101 6.8 VR UN9213J-(TX).SO C2126 0.1u
41
20
REG_GND 11 22uH 4.7u
XVD 12
XVD
XHD
2520
C2102
0.1u 2.8
XCS
R,G,B
4 VR
C2120 2.2u 3216
R2159 150k
42
19
Vcc1 R_DC_DET 24 TEST1/COMCNT
XHD 13 R2168 R2169 DRIVE 1.7 R2152 XX
1.1
0 0 IC2101 23 COM/SMON2
43
18
PANEL_15.5V 14 C2101 RB5P004AM1 TG24 R2153 0
22u TRAP_ADJ GND2/N.C
2.8 22 VST/SSP
B
6.3V TG23
C2103
44
17
TA A R2171 21 VCK/SSPB
C2106
R2109
LPF_ADJ GND1
R2110
D XX
0.01u
2.8
XX
XX
TG22
XX
XP.SAVE 6.7 D2103 20 EN/SCK
45
16
TG21
C2108
0.01u
1.9 XP.SAVE
1 VREF
13.6
C2137
XX
XX
19 DWN/SCKB
LCD901
46
15
B_IN Vcc3 R2172 D2104 18 VDD/SVDD
R2173 0 C2109 R2150
R2129
1.7 0 RD3.3UM-T1B
0.01u
2 0.7 XX 17 VSS/GND
0
47
14
G_IN COM_OUT R2127
R2174 0 C2110 1.7 16 VDDG/GVCC COLOR
6.3 R2139 XX C2133 1u LCD
0.01u XX TG13
48
13
R_IN COM_IN 15 VVSSG/GSP UNIT
R2175 0 TG12 R2140 XX (Note)
C2121 C2122
XX XX 14 CS/GSPB
TG20
XSH.SAVE
F F
COM_DC
13 WIDE/GCKB
N.C/GND
OP_OUT
OP_IN+
E
OP_IN-
C2134 C2136 TG18
SH_R
SH_G
SH_B
SH_A
XX
BIAS
XX 12 HST/GCK
VCO
R2126 R2128 R2141 XX
3 XX
± 0.5%
XX
± 0.5%
TG11
TG10 R2142 XX
11 REF/GPWCB
C2135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 10 SOUT/GPWC
XX TG19
2.8 0.9 2.8 0.9 0.9 0 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.5 2.1 6.3 9 CRext/PCTLB
R2123 0
TG17
8 HCK2/PCTL
R2163 0
TG16
SH1
SH2
SH3
SH4
7 HCK1/GUD
R2115
R2145 XX
2700
R2117
R2124
68k
100k D2102
6 PSIG/PVID
L2102 1T369-01-T8A
10uH C2113
2520 5 G/VG
F R2176
0
R2116
47k
0.1u
R2122
C2116
0.001u
4 R/VR
R2119
68k 1M L2104 3 B/VB
TG15 R2146 0
C2104 2.7uH C2117
R2180
10u R2118 C2111 100p 2 RGT/SLR
100k
R2177 R2178
6.3V 22k 560p CH 100k 100k
CH 1 TEST2/SMON1
TA R2125
P CN2104 24P
XX
C2105 R2179
0.1u 100k R2148
10k
7.3 13.5
G 6.8 7.3
Q2103 CN2105 5P
XP4601-TXE
XC.SAVE
XP.SAVE
BUFFER 1 VG
6.8
C2131 13.5 2 COM
Q2111 XX 6.8 CPC
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO 3 GND
6.8 6.2
RESET (FOR CHECK)
4 PSIG
R2170 Q2101
C2107 100k XP4601-TXE 5 HSY
SH1
SH2
SH3
SH4
0.1u
2.8
BUFFER 6.2 C2138
XX SIGNAL PATH
H R2113
0
0 2.8 0.8 2.8 0.9 0.9 2.8 1.4 2.8 1.4 1.4 2.8 R2143
10k
VIDEO SIGNAL
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
R2129
R2112 0 CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
XCLR
SHR
SHG
SHB
SHA
GND
TESTI/VDD
RPD
OSCI
OSCO
XSTBY
XCSAVE
C2132
470k
XX
REC
D2101
MA111-TX R2154 R2160 PB
BGP 2.7
8 0 TG24 XX 820k
37
24
XCLP VST/SSP
PRG 2.8 1.4 TG23
TG43 R2157
I
38
23
PRG VCK/SSPB 1M 1.6
TG22 R2149
BLK 0 2.6 XX
1.0
39
22
TG47
SBLK EN/SCK
FRP 1.4 2.8 TG21
40
21
FRP DWN/SCKB R2158 C2127
PFRP 1.4 0.1 TG20 68k 0.1u
IC2103
41
20
PFRP WIDE/GCKB
2.4 2.8 TG19 Q2106 Q2108 Q2109
XHI_SCK TIMING
42
19
XX XX 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
XSCK GENERATOR VDD/PCTLB R2135
0 TG18 BIAS
2.8 IC2103 XX
43
18
VDD/SMON1 CXD3505R-T4 HST/GCK
J XCS_PANEL 3.0 1.4 TG17
44
17
XCS HCK2/PCTL L2181
XTG_SO 1.4 TG16 4.7uH LND281
2.7
45
16
SO HCK1/GUD PANEL_UNREG DUMY_LND
R2186
XHI_SO 1.2 2.8 TG15 XX
46
15
CN2101 SI RGT/SLR
XCS_LCD_DRIVER/TP_R 1 0 2.8 TG14 L2182
100uH 4.6 4.6
INVERTER ND901
BACK
47
14
LCD_COM/XDATA/TP_L 2 Q2112
XVD
VDO/SMON2 POFF
0 TG13 Q2182
UNIT LIGHT
XP4313-(TX).SO BL_HI
9 2SA1832F-Y/GR(TPL3)
48
13
TO XOSD_SCK/N.C. 3 INV. R2181

XVD NC/GSP 4700
CK-093 BOARD R2166
K
TEST/GPWCB
CN252 OSD_SO/TP_BOT 4 10k 2.7 3.8

TEST/GPWC
TEST/GSPB
7
TESTI/GND
LND282
GND/TEST
KEY_AD7/TP_TOP 5 4.6
(SEE PAGE 2.8 C2181 C2183 C2185 VDD
DETIN
XWRT
PWM
4-61) EVER_3.0V/N.C. 6 R2182

HDO
22u 22u 10u

LED
0 0.1 C2182 C2184 C2186

HD
1k 0
BL
16V 16V 6.3V BL_GND

UNREG 7 0.01u B 0.01u 0.1u
B TA 2.8
TA TA P
UNREG_GND 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Q2181
UN9214J-(K8).SO
2.5 0.3 2.8 2.8 0 2.8 0 0 0 TG12
2.8 LND283
CN2103 7P XHD TG11
UNREG_GND
REG_GND/N.C. 1 TG10 BL_LOW
L TO
XCS_LCD_DRIVER/TP_R
LCD_COM/XDATA/TP_L
2
3 TG47
Q2181,2182
SWITCH
HL-011 BOARD
CN1701
XOSD_SCK/N.C. 4 TG43
(SEE PAGE OSD_SO/TP_BOT 5
4-97) KEY_AD7/TP_TOP
LND284 LND285
6
BL_PWM DET
EVER_3.0V/N.C. 7 R2184
0 Q2183
UN9112J-(K8).SO
LED DRIVE
R2185
XX
M 4.6 1.4
R2183
100
16 4.6
D2181
PG1111R-TR
(STARTER)
RGB DRIVE, TG
4-65 4-66 PD-126
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

• Refer to page 4-75 for SE-108 printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
LA-026 BOARD(1/3)
ZOOM/FOCUS DRIVE(LA BLOCK)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE HALL_AD 10 TO(3/3)

R :REC MODE SE-108 BOARD
P :PB MODE SE603
VAP SENSOR XX
1
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
R157
2200
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
B
R158
C148
15k
R162 1k
0.22u
B
SE600 R155
ENC03JA R160 470k
470k
IRIS_OFFSET 8 TO(3/3)
C149
1
C147 R161 0.001u R187 L141
470p B 1k B 0 10uH
YAW
D_2.8V 7 TO(3/3)
4
C157
0.9
0.9
3.1
0.9
0.9
0.7 1.2 C155
0.1u 22u
CN600 6P 4V
B
C GND 1
R151
1M
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P
OUT2
OUT1
Vcc
IN2+
IN1+
IN2-
IN1-
YS_REF 2
NJM324V(TE2)
C601 C600
MA2S111-(K8).SO
L600 22u 0.1u
YSD_OUT 3 10uH 4V B
P
SE_VCC 4 L142
D140
SE601 10uH
PSD_OUT 5 ENC03JB C142
4700p IC141 D_3.1V 6 TO(2/3)
B
1
PS_REF 6
3.2
IRIS DRIVE R168 L143
0.9 10uH
IC141
PITCH 47k
TA75S01F(TE85R)
OUT3
IN3-
IN3+
IN4+
IN4-
OUT4
± 0.5% 5 4
GND
3
4
D Q142
IC142
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
DRIVER 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 R169 C158
C156 22u
R0.4/P0 18k 0.1u
R0.6/P0 4V C166
R0.7/P0.2
R0.7/P0
0.1
0.1
0.7
± 0.5% 1 2 3 B
R1.9/P2.7 P 22u
SE602 C146 4V
R156 470k
R150
0.9
0.9
XX 0.1u P
1k Q143 R170
R0/P0 B 470
3
1
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO C159
R154 BUFFER ± 0.5% 0.1u
C140 R149
XX 220k B
0.01u REG_GND 29 TO(2/3,3/3)
B R152 R166
4
0.7
0.1
2200 10k
0.6 IRIS_GAIN 9 TO(3/3)
E R147
0
C144
XX C145
R153
R165
10k
0.1u
1k
1/10W
B
R163
C170 IC142
330 0.1u
B IRIS DRIVE
C153
2200p
B
IRIS_COM
C150
C151 R167
0.47u
B 0.01u 47k
B
IRIS_PWM
C143
F CN050 39P
1u FB140
R159
22k
R164
22k
ZOOM_A 1
10k
10k
26 TO(3/3) TEMP_OUT C165 C168
R171 10k
R172 10k
ZOOM_B- 2 R148 470p R178 470p R186
C164 IC143 B IC144
47k B 560 C167 560
BU9241FS-E2 BU9241FS-E2
R179
R180
NC 3 C141 470p
0.01u R173 470p R181
2.7
B
B 1k 2.7 B 1k R2.3/P2.7
ZOOM_B 4 2.7
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
MF_F0 F0 VDD F0 VDD
1
NC 5 1 TO(2/3) 2.7 C163 R0.1/P2.7 C162
MF_F1 F1 0.22u F1
2
0.22u
ZOOM_A- 6 R174 B B
2 TO(2/3) CTL1 CTL2 R182 CTL1 CTL2
3
MZ_F0 1k 1k
NC 7 11 TO(3/3)
G 3
4
TO(2/3) MZ_F1
GND 8
IC143 IC144
5
YS_REF 9 YS_REF ND_SW1 R177 R185
6
ZOOM 56k 56k FOCUS
YSD_OUT 10 YSD_OUT 21 TO(3/3) ND_SW2
7
SE_VCC 11 SE_VCC 4 TO(2/3) ND_SW3 0 0 0 0
FG DIR FG DIR
8
PSD_OUT 12 PSD_OUT ZM_RST_SENS 2.7 2.7
22 MM MM
9
TO(3/3)
PS_REF 13 PS_REF FC_RST_SENS
C161
10
10
GND GND GND GND
C160 47p
BIAS+ 14 47p
CH
CH
HALL+ 15
H BIAS- 16
HALL- 17 MZ_A
NC 18 MZ_B
Q140 R142 R143 R144 R145 R146
LENS R060 68k 68k 68k 68k 68k
NC 19 XX 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
BLOCK 3.1 MF_A
DRIVE- 20 12 TO(3/3)
0 MF_B
DRIVE+ 21 R140
1k
ZM_RST_SENS 22 3.1 3.1
R141 Q141
TEMP_OUT 23 10k UN9213J-(K8).SO
I GND 24 Q140,141
SWITCH
0
ZM_FC_LED 13 TO(3/3)
FC_RST_SENS 25
FC_A
FC_B
ZM_A
ZM_B
FZ_SENS_VCC 26 L140 10uH
MT_5.2V 28
NDB 27 TO(2/3)
MT_GND
NDA 28
R0.4/
R0.4/
P1.4
NDC 29 2.7 0 0 5.2 0 0 0 0 P1.4
DIR_1B
GND 30 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
DIR_1A 14 TO(3/3)
UPD16877MA-6A5-E2
VDD
OUT1B
PGND
OUT2B
VM23
OUT3B
PGND
OUT4B
EN4
IN4
EN3
IN3
NC 31 C152
J ND_SENS_VCC 32 ND_SENS_VCC 5 TO(2/3)
0.1u
B
EN1
NC 33
FOCUS_A 34
FC_A
FC_A
IC140 DIR_0B
NC 35 ZOOM/FOCUS DRIVE DIR_0A 15 TO(3/3)
FC_B
FOCUS_B- 36 EN0
FC_B
OUT1A
OUT2A
OUT3A
OUT4A
PGND
PGND
NC 37
IC140
VM1
VM4
EN1
EN2
ZM_B
IN1
IN2
C154
FOCUS_B 38
ZM_B 10u
FOCUS_A- 39 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 10V
K ZM_A A
R0.5/
R2.3/
5.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 5.2 0 0

P1.4
P1.4
ZM_A
16
ZM_A
ZM_B
FC_A
FC_B
ZOOM/FOCUS DRIVE
4-69 4-70 LA-026 (1/3)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
LA-026 BOARD(2/3) Q070

2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
R5.1/P0 Q071
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
A VAP DRIVE(LD BLOCK) R085

IC072
R5.1/
R5.1/P0
2.2 IC072
P0
Q070,071
-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES- PROTECT C076
1/8W LB1830M-TLM
R5.1/P0
VAP DRIVE Q076
1u 2.7
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
R4.4/
2SA1588-OY-TE85L
10
B VCC IN2
1
P0
0 R5.1/P0 5.2
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE OUT2 IN1 MT_5.2V
9
C070 R5.2/P0
R :REC MODE GND VM
C078 L070
8
0.1u R5.0/ 0.1u 10uH
P :PB MODE B P0 0
OUT1 VREF R086 B R4.5/P5.2
Q076,078
7
47k C079 R117 R119 SWITCH
4.7u R113 1k
VS VCONT 47k 28 TO(1/3)
6
6.3V 100k R2.7/P0
R2.5/ P R0/P5.2
R5.0/
R084 P0 R087 Q078
B
P0
4700 47k UN9213J-(K8).SO
MT_GND
R115 R116
10k 1k
IC075
TC7SET04FU(TE85R)
R2.2/P0
3
P_PWM
2
R4.4/P0
1
R1.3/P0
C091
R092 R100 0.022u
100k
± 0.5%
22k B
IC076
IC075-076 19 TO(3/3)
R101 TC7SET04FU(TE85R) BUFFER
22k
R072 R082 C088
3
820 10k 0.047u
C082 R102
R2.2/
± 0.5% ± 0.5% R090 B
22k Y_PWM
2
XX XX
P0
R098
R1.3/P0
5
1
R095 100k
± 0.5% C092
R4.4/
R083 C077 220k
R080 0.47u 3300p
P0
15k ± 0.5%
100k ± 0.5% B C085 B
D ± 0.5%
C074
C084
0.22u B
C093 Q073
XX L071 10u 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
6800p R096
R2.2/
100uH 6.3V
B 10k ± 0.5% P
R4.4/P0 4.6
P0
R2.2/
R5.1/ A_4.6V 27 TO(3/3)
R2.2/
R073 P0
6800 P0
P0
R2.2/
R2.2/
R3.7/
± 0.5% 8 7 6 5 R2.2/ R2.2/
R110 P4.6
NJM3414AV(TE2)
P0
P0
P0 P0 VP_LOCK_DR
R2.3/ R111
VCC
OUT2
IN2-
IN2+
NC 27 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P0 47k Q073,074 VP_LOCK_SENS
R2.4/P0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
IC071
1k
C072 C094 R0.1/P4.6 SWITCH 18 TO(3/3)
OUT2
IN2-
IN2+
VCC
IN1+
IN1-
OUT1
LOCK- 26
0.1u
OUT2
IN2-
IN2+
VCC
IN1+
IN1-
OUT1
10u R2.7/P0
OUT1
R2.2/P0
R4.5/P0
R2.2/P0
R2.2/P0
R2.2/P0
IN1+
GND
B
IN1-
LOCK+ 25 R088 6.3V VAP_DD_ON
R2.2/P6
R2.2/P0
R4.4/P0
NJM3403AV(TE2)
47k P
NJM324V(TE2)
Q074
LOCK_SENS_IN 24 ± 0.5%
E 1 2 3 4 UN9213J-(K8).SO
LOCK_SENS_OUT 23
IC073
IC073
R2.2/
R2.0/
R2.2/ ND_MZ_LED 20 TO(3/3)
Y_OUT 22
IC074
P0
P0 R114
P0 R2.7/
UN9213J-(K8).SO
VAP DRIVE 10k
P_DRIV_A 21 P0
R2.2/P0
R076 R079 VAP DRIVE D_3.1V 6 TO(1/3)
R3.1/
P_DRIV_B 20 3.1
P0.1
10k 10k C080 L072
Q072
OUT3
OUT4
IN3+
IN4+
GND
IN3-
IN4-
± 0.5% ± 0.5%
IC074
R089
OUT3
OUT4
10u Q072,075 10uH
IN3+
IN4+
GND
IN3-
IN4-
P_DUMP_A 19 6.3V 47k SWITCH
P ± 0.5%
P_DUMP_B 18 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 R112
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 R3.1/
R3.1/
1k
P2.4
0
0
Y_DUMP_A 17 P0 Q075
R2.2/P0
R2.2/P0
R2.2/
R2.2/
R2.3/ R2.2/ 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
R2.2/
R2.2/
Y_DUMP_B 16 P0 P6 C095
P0
P0
F
P0
P0
Y_DRIV_A 15 IC070-071 22u
4V
P
Y_DRIV_B 14 VAP DRIVE C100 ND_SENS_VCC 5 TO(1/3)
ACTIVE 4.7u C083 C086
XX 0.22u B
PRISM VAP_GND 13 B
ACTUATOR R093 L073
P_OUT 12 R078 220k R097 10k
10k ± 0.5% ± 0.5% 10uH MF_LED 23 TO(3/3)
± 0.5% C089
VAP_VCC 11 C081 3300p
R070 R077 100k R099 100k R118
C098 C099 XX B 1k
MF_VCC 10 2.2u 820 ± 0.5% ± 0.5% ± 0.5% R120
2.2u
B B R081 10k
MF_F1 9 MF_F1 R094 R2.4/P3.1
1 TO(1/3) 15k ± 0.5% R103
XX 22k
6800p B
C073
MF_F0 8 MF_F0 C096 R3.1/P0

C097
G MF_GND 7
R2.2/
C075
0.47u
B
R091
100k R104 C087
0.1u
B
4.7u
6.3V 3.1
16 TO(3/3) D070 R5.1/ ± 0.5% 22k 0.047u P Q077
TEMP_OUT 6 VP_TEMP R071 P0 B
01BZA8.2(TE85L) P0 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
6800
MZ_F1 5 MZ_F1 3 TO(1/3) ± 0.5% 8 7 6 5 SWITCH
NJM3414AV(TE2)
R105 C090
22k 0.022u R109
VCC
IN1- OUT2
IN2-
IN2+
MZ_GND 4 B R107
R2.2/P0
R2.2/P0
100k 100k
IC070
2 TO(1/3)
R2.2/P0
MZ_F0 3 MZ_F0 C071

0.1u
OUT1
IN1+
GND
MZ_VCC 2 B R108
NC 1 68k
1 2 3 4 P_OUT
CN052 27P 17 TO(3/3)
R2.2/
H R2.3/ Y_OUT
P0
P0 R106
R074 R075 68k
10k 10k
± ± 0.5%
± 0.5%
Q201
UN9213J-(K8).SO
29 TO(1/3,3/3) REG_GND
R2.7/P0
I C205
0.022u
R208
C214
22u
C215
0.1u
B
B
XX 4V R0.1/
C207 C209 P P2.7 R210 Q200,201
R201 R202 0.022u C211
47u 47u 1k SWITCH
22k 22k B C213
4V B 4V B
R2.0/
P2.7
XX L200
10uH R211
2520 10k
R205 R209
10k 1M
R0.7/P0
R0.9/P0
R1.4/P0
R1.4/P0
R1.3/P0
R1.3/P0
R2.7/ 2.7
P0.3 Q200
C203 2SA1588-OY-TE85L
C200
22u 0.033u
J 4V P B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GND
LIB1
LIA1
LO1
HI1
HO1
AM1
OUT1
Vref1
PASS
R1.3/P0
R1.3/P0
YS_OUT
YSD_OUT 24 TO(3/3)
YS_REF IC200 IC200 PS_OUT
4 TO(1/3) SE_VCC BEADS UPC6756GR-8JG-E2
C_RESET
PSD_OUT
C_RST 25 TO(3/3)
OUT2
Vref2
PS_REF
LIB2
LIA2
AM2
HO2
VCC
LO2
HI2
K
C201 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
22u
R2.7/
P0.3
R0.7/P0
R0.3/P0
R1.4/P0
R1.3/P0
R1.3/P0
R1.3/P0
R1.3/P0
0
4V P
C202
0.033u
B
C204 C208 C210

0.022u C206 47u 47u R204 R206
0.022u 10k 1M
B 4V B 4V B
B
L C212
XX
R200 R203
16 22k 22k R207
XX
VAP DRIVE
LA-026 (2/3) 4-71 4-72
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
LA-026 BOARD(3/3)
A KEY IN/CONNECTOR NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES- R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
FP-189 FLEXIBLE
CN054 6P
1 GND GND 1
B 2 FADER FADER 2
3 BACK_LIGHT BACK_LIGHT 3
4 GND GND 4
5 SPOT_LIGHT SPOT_LIGHT 5 LND051

6 N.C. N.C. 6 CH.GND
R056 XX
2012
1/10W
CN053 27P
R057 XX
2012 CN051 80P
S501 S502 S503 1/10W 1 MT_5.2V
C FADER BACK LIGHT SPOT LIGHT 1 R(CH2)IN L(CH1)IN 2 2 MT_GND
R575 R576 3 REG_GND REG_GND 4 3 MT_GND

XX XX
5 EXT_MIC_MONO EXT_MIC_DET 6 4 SIRCS_SIG
LND576 LND575 7 SHOE_ID2 ZOOM_MIC_CONT 8 5 SIRCS_SEL2
CH.GND CH.GND 9 SHOE_ID1 LOW_CUT_ON_CH1 10 6 LANC_SIG

D577 D576 D575
MA8082-(K8).SO MA8082-(K8).SO MA8082-(K8).SO 11 AU_2.8V LOW_CUT_ON_CH2 12 7 XCUSTOM_PRESET
13 AU_4.6V F_TALLY_LED 14 8 SIRCS_PWM
15 SHOE_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 16 9 TALLY_LED
D 17 TALLY_LED SIRCS_SEL1 18 10 SIRCS_SEL1
19 XCUSTOM_PRESET SIRCS_PWM 20 11 D_3.1V TO
FK-076 BOARD
FP-188 FLEXIBLE 21 SIRCS_SEL2 LANC_SIG 22 12 SHOE_UNREG CN501
23 SIRCS_SIG KEY_AD3 24 13 SHOE_UNREG
(SEE PAGE
R050 25 CTRL_B MS_LED_ON 26 14 F_TALLY_LED 4-85)
LND550 XX 27 CTRL_A EXECUTE(DIAL) 28 15 AU_4.6V
R066 0 R067 0
CH.GND 29 KEY_AD2 SCLK 30 16 LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
R051
D550 1200 31 DIO MS_IN 32 17 AU_2.8V
E MA8082-(K8).SO R065 0
33 BS REG_GND 34 18 SHOE_ID1
S550 VP_LOCK_DR
R052 35 VCC VP_LOCK_DR 36 19 LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
1500 25 TO(2/3)
INDEX MARK CN055 6P C_RST 37 C_RST VP_LOCK_SENS 38 VP_LOCK_SENS 18 TO(2/3) 20 SHOE_ID2
1 INDEX INDEX 1 26 TO(1/3) TEMP_OUT 39 TEMP_OUT VAP_DD_ON 40 VAP_DD_ON 21 ZOOM_MIC_CONT
R053
2 GND GND 2 3300 10 TO(1/3) HALL_AD 41 HALL_AD VP_TEMP 42 VP_TEMP 16 TO(2/3) 22 EXT_MIC_MONO
3 PUSH_AUTO PUSH_AUTO 3 PS_OUT 43 PS_OUT P_OUT 44 P_OUT 23 EXT_MIC_DET
24 TO(2/3) 17 TO(2/3)
4 INFINITY INFINITY 4 R054 YS_OUT 45 YS_OUT Y_OUT 46 Y_OUT 24 REG_GND
6800
5 GND GND 5 12 TO(1/3) MF_A 47 MF_A MZ_A 48 MZ_A 25 REG_GND
F 6 AUTO AUTO 6 MF_B 49 MF_B MZ_B 50 MZ_B
11 TO(1/3)
26 R(CH2)IN
R552 R055
S551 22k 23 TO(2/3) MF_LED 51 MF_LED IRIS_COM 52 IRIS_COM 27 L(CH1)IN
XX D552
PUSH MA8082-(K8).SO ND_SW1 53 ND_SW1 IRIS_PWM 54 IRIS_PWM 0
AUTO
21 TO(1/3) ND_SW2 55 ND_SW2 P_PWM 56 P_PWM 0
S552 19 TO(2/3)
ND_SW3 57 ND_SW3 Y_PWM 58 Y_PWM
AUTO
FC_RST_SENS 59 FC_RST_SENS ZM_FC_LED 60 ZM_FC_LED 13 TO(1/3) Q050
22 TO(1/3) UN9211J-(K8).SO CN056 20P
ZM_RST_SENS 61 ZM_RST_SENS ND_MZ_LED 62 ND_MZ_LED 20 TO(2/3)
MAN LED DRIVE 1 DIAL_A
EN1 63 EN1 EN0 64 EN0
G R551
XX
14 TO(1/3) DIR_1A 65 DIR_1A DIR_0A 66 DIR_0A 15 TO(1/3)
2 EXECUTE
INFINITY 3 GND
DIR_1B 67 DIR_1B DIR_0B 68 DIR_0B TO
4 GND KP-010 BOARD
69 D_3.1V IRIS_GAIN 70 IRIS_GAIN 9 TO(1/3) CN550
D551 5 GND
018ZA8.2(TE85L) LND551 71 D_3.1V IRIS_OFFSET 72 IRIS_OFFSET 8 TO(1/3)
6 DIAL_B (SEE PAGE
CH.GND 73 MT_GND D_2.8V 74 4-81)
7 GND
75 MT_GND A_4.6V 76 A_4.6V 27 TO(2/3)
7 TO(1/3) D_2.8V 8 GND
77 MT_5.2V REG_GND 78 REG_GND 29 TO
9 D_2.8V MK-014 BOARD
79 MT_5.2V REG_GND 80 R058 TO(1/3,2/3) CN001
H 0
1/10W
10 KEY_AD3
(SEE PAGE
SIGNAL PATH TO VC-242 BOARD(18/18) R062
XX
R061
XX
11 XACCESS_LED
4-81)
CN023 2012 2012 12 N.C
(THROUGH THE FP-186 FLEXIBLE)
13 GND
AUDIO R063 TO
SIGNAL (SEE PAGE 4-50) 0 R064
XX
14 GND MS-049 BOARD
CN775
15 VCC
REC 16 VCC (SEE PAGE
4-81)
17 BS
PB
I 18 DIO
19 MS_IN
16
20 SCLK
KEY IN/CONNECTOR
4-73 4-74 LA-026 (3/3)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6
FK-076 BOARD CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(CF-4980)

R502 R505 R508 R511 R514 R516
A CONTROL SWITCH 560 560 560 560 560 560

A CN011 14P
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- RV800
D500
D502
D504
D506
D508
D510
GND 1 20k
XX MARK:NO MOUNT D_2.8V 2
S811
D501
D503
D505
D507
D509
D511
ZOOM_VR_AD 3
PHOTO FREEZE
XPHOTO_FREEZE 4
1 GND
TO XPHOTO_REC 5
VC-242 BOARD(15/18) 2 XEJECT_SW
R500 CN009 XS/S_SW 6
XX R503 R506 R509 R515 PHOTO REC 3 PHOTO_STBY_SW
R512 XVTR_MODE_SW 7
1200 1500 3300 6800 22k (SEE PAGE
B B 4-44) XCAM+STBY_SW 8
4
5
XCAM+STBY_SW
XVTR_MODE_SW
STOP REW PLAY REC EDIT SEARCH+ EDIT SEARCH- PHOTO_STBY_SW 9
6 XS/S_SW
XEJECT_SW 10
7 GND
GND 11
8 GND
XS/S_SW(LOW_ANGEL) 12 START/STOP
S500 S502 S504 S506 S507 S509 S511
LID_OPEN 13 LID_OPEN
GND 14
C R501
XX C
R504 R507 R510 R513
CN501 36P 3300
1200 1500 6800
UNREG 1
UNREG 2 PAUSE FF SLOW AUDIO_DUB END_SEARCH
XSW_LED_VTR 3
XSW_LED_VTR 4 CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(PS-4980)
D_2.8V 5
S501 S503 S505 S508 S510
KEY_AD0 6
D KEY_AD1 7 D S810
START/STOP
S806
EJECT
S812 POWER DIAL
GND 8 VTR
GND 9 CN500 27P 9 1
TO
VC-242 BOARD(12/18) MT_5.2V 10 1 MT_5.2V GND 1
CN004 OFF 8 2
(THROUGH THE MT_GND 11 2 MT_GND XEJECT_SW 2
FP-200 FLEXIBLE)
MT_GND 12 3 MT_GND SIGNAL PATH PHOTO_STBY_SW 3
CAMERA
7 10
(SEE PAGE SIRCS_SIG 13 4 SIRCS_SIG R517 XCAM+STBY_SW 4
4-35) XX 6 3
SIRCS_SEL2 14 5 SIRCS_SEL2 D512 XVTR_MODE_SW 5 PHOTO
E LANC_SIG 15 6 LANC_SIG
LND500
01ZA8.2(TPL3) AUDIO
SIGNAL
E XS/S_SW 6 5 4
XCUSTOM_PRESET 16 7 XCUSTOM_PRESET GND 7

SEIDEN LND
SIRCS_PWM 17 8 SIRCS_PWM REC GND 8
TALLY_LED 18 9 TALLY_LED
PB
SIRCS_SEL1 19 10 SIRCS_SEL1
D_3.1V 20 11 D_3.1V
SHOE_UNREG 21 12 SHOE_UNREG
TO SHOE_UNREG 22 13 SHOE_UNREG TO
F LA-026 BOARD(3/3)
CN053 F_TALLY_LED 23 14 AU_4.6V
MA-386 BOARD
CN1103 F CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(CF-4980,PS-4980) are
replaced as a block.
(THROUGH THE (THROUGH THE
FP-200 FLEXIBLE) AU_4.6V 24 15 F_TALLY_LED FP-202 FLEXIBLE) So that these PRINTED WIRING BOARD are omitted.
LOW_CUT_ON_CH2 25 16 AU_2.8V (SEE PAGE 4-102) 16
(SEE PAGE
4-74) AU_2.8V 26 17 LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
SHOE_ID1 27 18 SHOE_ID1
LOW_CUT_ON_CH1 28 19 LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
SHOE_ID2 29 20 SHOE_ID2
ZOOM_MIC_CONT 30 21 ZOOM_MIC_CONT
G EXT_MIC_MONO 31 22 EXT_MIC_MONO
EXT_MIC_DET 32 23 EXT_MIC_DET
REG_GND 33 24 REG_GND
REG_GND 34 25 REG_GND
R(CH2)OUT 35 26 R(CH2)OUT
L(CH1)OUT 36 27 L(CH1)OUT
H 16
CONTROL SWITCH
4-85 4-86 FK-076 / CF-4980
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
FT-090 BOARD NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE
MI-038 BOARD NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
A REMOTE P :PB MODE MIC IN P :PB MODE
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- FP-199
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
CN750 10P CN702 10P
XX MARK:NO MOUNT FLEXIBLE
1 MT_GND MT_GND 1 CN703 14P 15 N.C.
2 MT_GND MT_GND 2 1 MIC_GND MIC_GND 1 14 MIC_GND
3 MT_GND MT_GND 3 2 MIC_GND MIC_GND 2 13 MIC_GND
F750
0.2A 4 D_3.1V D_3.1V 4 3 INT_MIC_L INT_MIC_L 3 12 INT_MIC_L
5 MT_5.2V MT_5.2V 5 4 MIC_GND MIC_GND 4 11 MIC_GND
B 6
7
F_TALLY_LED F_TALLY_LED 6 5 INT_MIC_R INT_MIC_R 5 10 INT_MIC_R
TO
SIRCS_DRV_CL SIRCS_DRV_CL 7 6 MIC_GND MIC_GND 6 9 MIC_GND MA-386 BOARD
D751 CN1100
CL-200IR-X-TU-BC 8 SIRCS_SIG1 SIRCS_SIG1 8 7 AU_4.6V AU_4.6V 7 8 AU_4.6V
9 MT_GND MT_GND 9 8 MT_GND MT_GND 8 7 MT_GND (SEE PAGE
R750
4-101)
10 MT_GND MT_GND 10 9 MT_GND MT_GND 9 6 MT_GND
680
3.2 10 D_3.1V D_3.1V 10 5 D_3.1V
D750 Q704 11 F_TALLY_LED F_TALLY_LED 11 4 F_TALLY_LED
BR1102W-TR 3.1 UN5213-TX
Q700,702,704 Q702
UN5113-TX 12 MT_5.2V MT_5.2V 12 3 MT_5.2V
R0.1/ CIROS PWM 0
P4.0
C R2.6/P0
4.5
R707
470
0 Q703
13 SIRCS_PWM SIRCS_PWM 13 2 SIRCS_PWM
0 14 SIRCS_SIG1 SIRCS_SIG1 14 1 SIRCS_SIG1
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
Q700
Q750 R751 2SD999-T1-CLCK
UN9210J-(TX).SO R708 4.6
47 0 R706 R713
4.6
8.2 330 10k
TALLY 1/10W 4.6
4.6
5.2
Q701
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
FP-198 FLEXIBLE CN1101
4.0
R716 Q705
IC750 4 3
C750 0
1 SD2
4.6
4.6
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
10u 4.0 4.0 J001 2 SD3
6.3V C706 Q701,703,705
MIC B+ SWITCH
D REMOTE COMMANDER
RECEIVER
TA
P
R717
0
47u
6.3V
TA
LINE 3 SC3
IC750 1 2 4 SC2
B
RS-70-TU 5 SC1
R701 C711 C710
R4.0/ CN700 4P R704 33u
P5.2 1k C702 24k 33u
± 0.5% 0.22u 10V 10V 4.0 6 SA1
MIC_L_GND 1 ± 0.5%
MIC901 B B B Q706
2.1 7 SA2
(L) TA TA 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
LND750 R752 INT_MIC_L1 2
XX R705 BUFFER 8 SA3 TO
CH_GND INT_MIC_L2 3 91k 1.5 MA-386 BOARD
± 0.5% C712 C709 9 SB1 CN1101
LND751 R753 MIC_GND 4 XX C704 R714
XX 10k 0.22u
C700 6.3V 100p 10 SB2
CH_GND 100p B CH
B (SEE PAGE
E CH 11 SB3 4-101)
CN701 4P 12 SD1
R700 C703 R702 4.0
1k 0.22u 24k
MIC_R_GND 1 ± 0.5% 13 N.C.
MIC902 B ± 0.5% 2.1
(R) INT_MIC_R1 2 S1 14 R-CH(3)
Q707
C701 R703 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
INT_MIC_R2 3 100p 91k LINE MIC 15 R-DET(11)
1.5 BUFFER
MIC_GND 4
CH ± 0.5% 16 GND.L-DET(1.10)
C705 R715
100p 17 SW_COM(5)
10k
CH
18 SW_PULL_OUT_JACK(4)
F 19 SW_INSERT_JACK(6)
20 L-CH(2)
SIGNAL PATH
Note : Note : AUDIO
The components identified by Les composants identifiés par SIGNAL
mark 0 or dotted line with mark une marque 0 sont critiques
G 16 0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité. REC
Replace only with part number Ne les remplacer que par une PB
MIC IN
4-89 4-90 MI-038 / REMOTEFT-090
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

• Refer to page 4-109 for waveform.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A LB-065 BOARD NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE R206 R207
BACK LIGHT P :PB MODE 100k 100k
FP-193 -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-

R205 R208
FLEXIBLE CN200 27P
XX MARK:NO MOUNT 100k 100k
CN201 16P
COM 27 1 COM COM 1 1 COM
G 26 2 G G 2 2 G
R 25 3 R R 3 3 R
B B
BLK
24
23
4
5
B
BLK
B
BLK
4
5
4
5
B
BLK
LCD903
HCK1 22 6 HCK1 HCK1 6 6 HCK1

LCD
HCK2 21 7 HCK2 HCK2 7 7 HCK2 UNIT
HST 20 8 HST HST 8 8 HST
RGT 19 9 RGT RGT 9 9 RGT
DCG/GLR 18 10 DCG/CLR DCG/CLR 10 10 DCG/CLR
EN 17 11 EN EN 11 11 EN
TO
C VC-242 BOARD(11/18)
CN002
STB
VCK2
16
15
12
13
STB
VCK2
STB
VCK2
12
13
12
13
STB
VCK2
(SEE PAGE 4-34) VST 14 14 VST VST 14 14 VST

VSS 13 15 VSS VSS 15 15 VSS
VSS 12 16 VSS VSS 16 16 VDD
EVF_VCC 11 17 VDD VDD 17
R200
EVF_BL_GND 10 18 EVF_BL_GND EVF_BL_GND 18 390
T200
EVF_BL_GND 9 19 EVF_BL_GND EVF_BL_GND 19 D200
CL-170R-CD-T
D EVF_BL_4.6V
EVF_BL_4.6V
8
7
20
21
EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_BL_4.75V
20
21 IC200
1 L200
47uH
L201
10uH
1 10
TC7SET08FU(TE85R) 3225 2520

XTALLY_LED 6 22 XTALLY_LED XTALLY_LED 22 2
SB:B0758
DET 5 23 DET DET 23 R4.6/
R4.6/P0 VCC P0
R0.4/
P0
LED_K 4 24 LED_K LED_K 24 3
R0.2/P0
PWM 1
2
3 25 PWM PWM 25
6
N.C
4
2 26 N.C N.C 26 2 4
5
N.C 1 27 N.C N.C 27 ND200
3
BACK
E IC200 4
Q200
R4.5/
P0
5 6 LIGHT
FX216-TL1 C203
INVERTER 2200p
SB:U8554 B
INVERTER
SIGNAL PATH R204
10k
C200
0.1u
3216
B C201 C202
VIDEO SIGNAL 33u 4.7u
10V B
AUDIO TA B 3216
CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA SIGNAL
R201 R202 R203
D201 XX XX 82
REC XX 1608 1608
F
PB
LND200
A
LND201
Note : Note : A

G 0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité.
16
BACK LIGHT
4-93 4-94 LB-065
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

• Refer to page 4-110 for waveform.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
HL-011 BOARD NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE
LCD DRIVE P :PB MODE
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
FP-195
FLEXIBLE
CN1701 7P
REG_GND 1 1 REG_GND REG_GND 1 COM1

21 COM1
SEG12
SEG16
SEG15
SEG14
SEG13
SEG11
XCS_LCD_DRIVER 2 2 XCS_LCD_DRIVER XCS_LCD_DRIVER 2 COM2
B TO
PD-126 BOARD LCD_COM/XDATA 3 3 LCD_COM/XDATA LCD_COM/XDATA 3 SEG2
20 COM2
CN2103 19 SEG2
XOSD_SCK 4 4 XOSD_SCK XOSD_SCK 4 SEG3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
18 SEG3
(SEE PAGE OSD_SO 5 5 OSD_SO OSD_SO 5 SEG4
4-65) 17 SEG4
KEY_AD7 6 6 KEY_AD7 KEY_AD7 6 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 SEG5
16 SEG5
EVER_3.0V 7 7 EVER_3.0V EVER_3.0V 7 SEG6
SEG18
SEG17
SEG16
SEG15
SEG14
SEG13
SEG12
SEG11
15 SEG6
SEG7
14 SEG7
SEG8
R1704 13 SEG8
680k SEG9
C 1.5
SEG10
1.5 SEG10 12 SEG9
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
OSC1
1
C1701 SEG10 LCD
1.9 1.5 SEG9 11 SEG10
0.01u OSC2 SEG9 CHARACTOR
2
SEG11
B
VSS 1 IC1701 SEG8
1.5 SEG8 10 SEG11 DISPLAY
3
SEG12
1.5 SEG7 9 SEG12
VC SEG7
4
LCD DRIVE SEG13
1.5 SEG6 8 SEG13
VLCD SEG6
5
IC1701 SEG14
MA8082-(K8).S0
2.9 BU9735K-E2 1.5 SEG5 7 SEG14
VDD SEG5
6
SEG1
FP-196 2.8 1.5 SEG4 6 SEG1
D1701
SCK SEG4
7
SEG16
FLEXIBLE 0.1
SO SEG3
1.5 SEG3 5 SEG16
8
SEG15
D S004
R1701 R1702 R1703 COM3
4 SEG15
VOLUME- 1200 1500 3300 3 COM3

COM4
2 COM4
COM1
COM2
COM3
COM4
SEG1
SEG2
C/XD
XCS
1 N.C
CN1702 5P CN1703 21P
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
S003 1 KEY_AD7 KEY_AD7 1
2.9
0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
VOLUME+ 2 KEY_AD7_S1 KEY_AD7_S1 2
3 REG_GND REG_GND 3
COM1
COM2
COM3
COM4
SEG1
SEG2
E 4
5
KEY_AD7_S2
KEY_AD7_S3
KEY_AD7_S2
KEY_AD7_S3
4
5
S002
LCD BRIGHT-
F S001
LCD BRIGHT+
16
LCD DRIVE
4-97 4-98 HL-011
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
MA-386 BOARD NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE
AUDIO AMP P :PB MODE
A SIGNAL PATH
-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT AUDIO
SIGNAL
CN1100
SIRCS_SIG1 REC
SIRCS_SIG1 1 SIRCS_PWM
PB
SIRCS_PWM 2
MT_5.2V 3 F_TALLY_LED
B F_TALLY_LED 4 CN1102 FP-201 FLEXIBLE
D_3.1V 5 1 SHOE_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 1
MT_GND 6 2 SHOE_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 2 8P

TO
MI-038 BOARD MT_GND 7 3 SHOE_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 3 1 SHOE_UNREG
CN703
(THROUGH THE AU_4.6V 8 LANC_SIG 4 SHOE_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 4 2 LANC_SIG
FP-199 FLEXIBLE)
MIC_GND 9 SHOE_ID1 5 LANC_SIG LANC_SIG 5 3 SHOE_ID1
(SEE PAGE INT_MIC_R 10 6 SHOE_ID1 SHOE_ID1 6 4 SHOE_ID2 INTELLIGENT
SHOE_ID2
4-90) ACCESSORY CN1103 27P
MIC_GND 11 7 SHOE_ID2 SHOE_ID2 7 5 SHOE_MIC_R SHOE
C INT_MIC_L 12 8 SHOE_MIC_GND SHOE_MIC_GND 8 6 SHOE_MIC_GND
1 L(CH1)OUT
2 R(CH2)OUT
MIC_GND 13 9 SHOE_MIC_GND SHOE_MIC_GND 9 7 SHOE_MIC_L
3 REG_GND
MIC_GND 14 10 SHOE_MIC_GND SHOE_MIC_GND 10 8 SHOE_UNREG_GND
4 REG_GND
N.C. 15 11 SHOE_MIC_L SHOE_MIC_L 11
5 EXT_MIC_DET
12 SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND 12
6 EXT_MIC_MONO
SHOE_ID2 7 ZOOM_MIC_CONT
8 SHOE_ID2
D CN1101 SHOE_ID1 9 LOWCUT_ON_CH1
10 SHOE_ID1
SD2 1
11 LOWCUT_ON_CH2
SD3 2
12 AU_2.8V TO
SC3 3 FK-076 BOARD
13 F_TALLY_LED CN500
SC2 4 (THROUGH THE
14 AU_4.6V FP-202 FLEXIBLE)
SC1 5
15 SHOE_UNREG
SA1 6 C1106 (SEE PAGE
10u 16 SHOE_UNREG 4-85)
R1101 6.3V R1102
SA2 7 100k
P
E TO
SA3 8
47k 17 D_3.1V
18 SIRCS_SEL1
FP-198 FLEXIBLE SB1 9
CN1101 19 TALLY_LED
SB2 10 SIRCS_PWM
20 SIRCS_PWM
(SEE PAGE SB3 11
4-90) C1107
10u LANC_SIG 21 XCUSTOM_PRESET
SD1 12 R1103 R1105
6.3V 22 LANC_SIG
47k P 100k
N.C. 13
23 SIRCS_SEL2
J2 14
24 SIRCS_SIG
N.C.(RCH_DET) 15 R1131 R1104
F J1(J3) 16
68 68 25
26
MT_GND
D1111 MT_GND
J6 17 01BZA8.2 D1104 27 MT_5.2V
J5 18 01BZA8.2
N.C.(J7) 19
J4 20
LND1100
CH_GND
D1116 D1112
01BZA8.2 01BZA8.2
G F_TALLY_LED
C1168 C1170
R1152 R1153 0.1u 0.1u
18k 33k B B LND1101
CH_GND
C1173
0.01u R1162 S1100
R1168 11k D1106
8.2k B R1121 C/P
± 0.5% 680 MA8082-(K8).S0 CN1106 XX
C1187
0.068u R1123
B C1174 R1164 0 1 MT_5.2V
R1158 1608 XX 11k
6.8k B ± 0.5% C1185 2 MT_5.2V
R1169 C1186
5.6k 0.1u 0.1u
B 3 MT_GND
R1181 ± 0.5% B
H C1163 C1166
10k R1172 4.7k
D1105
BR1102W-TR
R1122
0 4 MT_GND
R2.6/P0
0.001u 0.1u
CH B R1165 R0.1/P4.0 5 SIRCS_SIG1
10k R1128 R1129
1k
D1108 XX
C1172 10k 10k MA111-(K8).S0 6 N.C.
C1164 R1124 R1136
XX
R1180 0.068u
B Q1104 XX IC1102 SIRCS_SIG1
7 D_3.1V
R1161
6.8k UN9210J-(TX).SO
1608
C1159 C1160 8 SHOE_UNREG
TALLY REAR REMOCON REMOTE COMMANDER R1126
R1156 C1151 470p 0.001u C1169 R1125 1k
XX CH 0.1u RECEIVER 9 SHOE_UNREG
0.047u B 47
B B
D1109 10 AU_4.6V
MA111-(K8).S0
R1157 C1178 5.2 D1110 11 F_TALLY_LED
R1127
I 6.8k
C1152
0.022u
B
C1180
0.022u
R1175
33k
4 3 1k MA111-(K8).S0
12 LOWCUT_ON_CH2
1.4
1.4
2.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
0.022u B C1109
0
13 SHOE_ID1
B IC1102 10u
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 RS-70-TU 6.3V 14 LOWCUT_ON_CH1
R1163 TA P R1130
6.8k R1166 1 2 D1107 100k 15 REG_GND
SUB_IN_L
INT_IN_L
REG_2.5V
EXT_IN_L
MODE_CTL_2
AMP_OUT_L
SG_IN_L
INVT_OUT_L
SUB_SIG_OUT_L
MTX_AMP_IN_L
MTX_AMP_OUT_L
HPF_OUT_L
XX MA111-(K8).S0
R4.9/P5.2 16 REG_GND
C1155 17 REG_GND
10u
6.3V 18 REG_GND
P C1184
1.2 1.4 1u
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
C_REG HPF_AMP_IN_L B 19 REG_GND

J GND NC
1.4
20 R(CH2)OUT
R1154 NC L_OUT 21 L(CH1)OUT
10k 1.4 2.7
1.4
ZOOM_AMP_OUT
ZOOM_AMP_IN
IC1150 MIC_MONO
ZOOM_BAL
2.8 R1177 1k
MIC AMP 1.4 R1179

C1153
NC ZOOM_POSI 33k
0.01u 2.8 C1182
R1155 B IC1150 10u
10k AN2901FHQ-EB VCC 6.3V
2.7 R1178 TA P
18k
1.4 0 C1181 1u B
MIX_OUT EXT_MIC
K 1.4
GND HPF_ON/OFF
1.8
1.4 C1183
C_1/2VCC R_OUT 0.22u F
1.4 R1176
MTX_AMP_OUT_R
SUB_SIG_OUT_R
SUB_IN_R NC 33k
MTX_AMP_IN_R
HPF_AMP_IN_R
C1157
C1150
MODE_CTL_1
10u
INVT_OUT_R
AMP_OUT_R
HPF_OUT_R
0.022u
6.3V
EXT_IN_R
REG_2.5V
B
INT_IN_R
SG_IN_R
P
R1174
33k
L1150
10uH
± 10%
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
L C1154
1.4
2.3
1.4
1k 2.2
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
0.047u
B
C1179
R1160
C1156 C1158 0.022u

0.001u 470p B
C1161 C1167
B CH
XX 0.1u C1175
B
0.022u
B
R1170
6.8k
C1162 C1165
M 0.001u
CH
0.1u
B
R1167
10k
C1171
0.068u
B
R1182 R1173
R1159 10k 4.7k
6.8k
C1176
XX B
C1188
0.068u
B R1171 C1177
8.2k 0.01u B
N
16
AUDIO AMP
4-101 4-102 MA-386
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
DD-138 BOARD(1/2)
DC/DC CONVERTER(DD-1 BLOCK)
A -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- R300 1k
CHARGE_INH 1 TO(2/2)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT BATT/XEXT_SW

2 TO(2/2)
BATT_SIG
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
FAST_CHARGE 3 TO(2/2)
R :REC MODE
MA8082-(K8).S0
MA8082-(K8).S0
MA8082-(K8).S0
P :PB MODE INIT_CHARGE_ON 4 TO(2/2)
D303
D302
5 TO(2/2)
D301
BATT_UNREG
CN300 4P VTR_UNREG 6 TO(2/2)
F305
BATT_UNREG 1 1.4A
Q302-304
J901
B BATTERY
TERMINAL S
DCPACK_SW
BATT_SIG
2
3
R301
0
3216
CHARGE
SWITCH F304
1.4A SHOE_UNREG 7 TO(2/2)
BATT_GND 4
F303
1.4A
R306
Q301 R310 F302
LF300 Q300,301 10
1k 1.4A CAP_ERROR 8 TO(2/2)
CN301 3P SWITCH SI4963DY-T1 0 1/8W
XX 3216 Q310-314
8.4
2SB1122-ST-TD
ACV_UNREG 1 SWITCHING
8.4
D300 F301 D308
MA8120-TX 8.4 8.4 1.4A 1SS388(TPL3) Q310
J902 ACV_GND 2 T300
Q302
D306 0.8 CPH6702-TL
DC IN R302 RB501V-40TE-17 CAP VS
F300
C BATT_XEXT 3 0
3216
R303 2.3
1.4A 4 5
(VIN+3.7V)
VCC(C)
L300
22uH
CAP_VS 9 TO(2/2)
C334
2SD1462J-Q
470k 8.4 8.4 R311 4.7u CHOKE C340
0.8
UN9213J-(K8).SO
4700 10V B 4.7u
Q306
8.4 C323 8.4 R346
1SS388(TPL3)
4.7u 1k 3216 4.1 B
3 6 B 2012
8.4
Q303
Q319
D304
11.7
0 C308 C310 C313 C314 C316
C300 22u 22u 10u 22u 22u CH-6 SI2304DS-T1
0.022u 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V SWITCHING
9.7
16V B (VIN) REG_GND
TA TA TA TA TA
LND300 A 0 R304 B B B B B 2 7 0
0 R347
2.7 1M C324 1k 10 TO(2/2)
D307 Q311 DRUM_ERROR
LND301 A 4.7u
RB501V-40TE-17 B 2.3 CPH6702-TL DRUM VS
D LND302 A
Q300
SSM3K03FE(TPL3)
2.7 C306 Q305
1 8
(VIN-1.3V) L301
DRUM_VS 11 TO(2/2)
VSS
XX B MCH6202-TL C326 33uH
2012 1u Q306,307
SWITCHING 10V B EMERGENCY CHOKE
LND303 A 2.3
D305 2.5 DETECT
Q304 C341
8.3 8.3 RB501V-40TE-17 VDD(5.0V) 3.2 4.7u
SSM3K03FE(TPL3) 8.4
LND304 A Q320 B
11.0
C322 CH-5 SI2304DS-T1 2012
0.2 8CH 0 SWITCHING
1u
LND305 A 10V B Q307
UN9213J-(K8).SO
LND306 A MS_3.1V
Q312 D_3.1V
3.2 CPH6702-TL
E LND307 A
L303
D_3.1V
D_3.1V
C335 22uH
4.7u CHOKE
3.2
10V B
3216 C342
R316 2.9 4.7u
R399 22k 8.4 Q321 B
10.6
0
2012 R328 68k CH-7 SI2304DS-T1 2012
R332 5600 SWITCHING
16 TO(2/2) ± 0.5% ± 0.5%
P_UNREG_GND
R318 C321
47k C315 100p
± 0.5% 0.001u R329 CH Q313
D_1.9V
B 10k 1.9 CPH6702-TL
F R319
22k L304
D_1.9V
D_1.9V
C319
0.001u C336 22uH
C311 B CHOKE C343
470p B 4.7u 1.9
10V B 4.7u
3216 B
3.4 2012
8.4 Q322 12 TO(2/2)
11.1
CH-3 SI2304DS-T1
12.1
2.5
2.5
1.2
1.2
2.5
2.5
0.7
2.5
6.9
8.2
6.9
0.4
0.3
0.2
2.8
SWITCHING
R397
270k 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Q314
OVP 56
DTC 7
FB7
-IN7
+IN7
COMP
DTC 8
ROFS
+IN8
-IN8
-IN8’
FB8
RB8
out8
VCC(O) 5678
OUT7-2
2.9 CPH6702-TL
G R308
22k
R312
22k
R313
47k
L305
2.8V
2.8V
C337 22uH
8 7 4.7u
10V B 2.9
CHOKE C344
4.7u
0.5 10.5 R342 100 3216 B
2.8
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
-IN6(C) OUT7-1 2012
C304 0.3 8.3 Q323
10.5
R314 +IN6 GND(O) 5678 C328 CH-2 SI2304DS-T1 Q325
2200p 3300p B
4700 0.3 4.1 SWITCHING UN9213J-(K8).SO
R309 B
R305 R307 -IN6 OUT6-2 EMERGENCY 13.5V
22k 22k 22k 1.0 11.8 R343 100 DETECT
FB6 6 out6-1
-3.2
R355
1.5 4.9 2.5
-IN5(C) VDD(O) 567 C329 47k
3300p B Q316
H 0.7
0.7
+IN5
IC300 OUT5-2
3.2
10.9 R348 100

2SB1581-T1 5.2 MT_5.2
R356
1.2
-IN5
DC/DC CONVERTER
5 out5-1
7.1
C331
8.4 Q317
2SB1462J-Q R352 C339
22k
FB5 VSS(O) 567 10u -VCAM
C305 2.5 IC300 11.2 R344 47 3300p B R350 7.9
27k
10V
R315
DTC 56 out4 47k 5.2 ± 0.5% TA
0.01u
1k
B
GND
MB4488PFV-G-BND-ER
4 VCC(O) 1234
12.3
C330 7.4 2.9
A
2.5 3.4 3300p B
R353
VREF out3-2
8.4 11.1 R349 100 2.9 1500
C301
0.1u B 2.9
VCC 3 out3-1
C332
2.4 2.4
Q324
2SD2216J-Q
± 0.5%
VTR_DD_ON CTL1-6,8 GND(O) 1234 Q315 MT_5.2V 13 TO(2/2)

3300p B
I 15 TO(2/2)
CT
C302
0.047u
2.9
CTL7 out2-2
2.9 2SD2216J-Q
Q315-317,Q324 R351
R354
33k
B 0
CS1-7 1 2 out2-1
10.5 R345 100 5.2V REG 10k ± 0.5%
0 4.9 C327 CH-4
CSCP VDD(O) 123
2200p B
C303 8.4 0
0.047u VSS(O) 1234 R357 XX R396
B 1608 R395 0
T301 XX
DTC 123
D311 R375 0
out1-1
out1-2 1SS388(TPL3) 1608
DTC4
15.5V
-IN4
-IN3
-IN2
-IN1
FB4
FB3
FB2
FB1
2.0
0.5
0.5
VB
15.5V
RT
CT
4 5
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 D312 R377 0
1SS388(TPL3)
J 3 6
1608 13.5V(16.5V)
1.1
1.2
1.6
2.5
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.4
7.1
9.4
1.9
11.2 R387 XX
0 1608
Q308 D309
CPH6102-TL
2200p B
XX
100p CH
470p B
B
C317
SWITCHING
C318
2 7
C309
C312
C320
R320 10k 0.047u
220p D313
R322 B 1SS388(TPL3) R398 14 TO(2/2)
33k C325 R337
XX
R330 3300p B 220 1 8
33k
4.64V(5.10V)
C347
SIGNAL PATH R338 12k
R324
R333 XX
R326
10k
22k
47k ± 0.5% 2.87V

K REC REC/PB PB
R334 56k
± 0.5%
R339 3900
± 0.5% D_1.95V C376 C346 R400
2.2u 4.7u 4700
C349 C375
4.7u 10u
C350
10u
R335 22k R340 3900 35V B B 20V 20V
± 0.5% ± 0.5% 13.5V Q309 L302 TA B 3216 3216 TA B TA B
8.0V
Drum servo (speed and phase) R336 100k
± 0.5%
R341 220k
± 0.5%
CPH6702-TL 22uH
CHOKE
AU_8.0V
4.6 SWITCHING 4.6V(5.1V)
4.6V
Capstan servo (speed and phase)
C333
C307 R317 R321 R323 R325 R327 R331 4.7u 4.6
0.1u 22k 33k 47k 47k 47k 22k 10V B
± 0.5% ± 0.5% ± 0.5% C345
10V B ± 0.5% ± 0.5% 3216 4.7u
8.4 B
CH-1 1.9 2012
L Note : Note : Q318

SI2304DS-T1
9.7
SWITCHING
16
0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité.
DC/DC CONVERTER
4-105 4-106 DD-138 (1/2)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
DD-138 BOARD(2/2) SIGNAL PATH

DC REGURATOR(DD-2 BLOCK) REC REC/PB PB
A
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- Drum speed servo
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
Drum phase servo
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE Drum servo (speed and phase)
P :PB MODE
Capstan speed servo
Q339 Capstan phase servo

MGSF3455VT1
B Capstan servo (speed and phase)
0
8.4
7 TO(1/2) SHOE_UNREG
C362
R363 1u B
Q329,339 10k 2012 D314
SWITCH 8.2 INIT_CHARGE_ON 4 TO(1/2)
MA2S111-(K8).SO
8.4
R364
0 1M BATT_SIG
2 TO(1/2)
BATT/XEXT_SW
R401 D316
C Q329
UN9213J-(K8).SO
1k MA2S111-(K8).SO
BATT_UNREG 5 TO(1/2)
REG_GND
9 TO(1/2) CAP_VS
R393 R394
0 0
2012 2012
11 TO(1/2) DRUM_VS
L306
4.7uH
D_3.1V
L307
4.7uH
D D_3.1V
D_1.9V
L308 Q341
4.7uH 2SA2018H-T2L
1.9 1.6
D_1.9V
L319
4.7uH
IC301 3.2 0.7
R384
100k
C368
10u
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
1.2 6.3V P_UNREG_GND 16 TO(1/2)
1.5V REG 5 4 A
IC301 0.7 D315 CN450 60P
TA75S01F(TE85R) MA3XD21001S0
Q340
+ –
Q340-341 1 REG_GND REG_GND 2
R382 1.5V REG
20k
E ± 0.5% 1 2 3 C348
XX
B
0.1 3 REG_GND REG_GND 4
1.5 1.5 5 P_UNREG P_UNREG 6

12 TO(1/2) C351 C352 C358 C357 7 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG_GND 8
C338 R383
10u 10u 10u 10u 0.1u 100k R386
6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V R385 9 MT_GND MT_GND 10
B ± 0.5% 22k 470
P P P P
11 MT_GND MT_GND 12
TRF 2.8V 13 CAM_12V MS_3.1V 14

L315
2.2uH 3225 ANALOG 2.8V 15 CAM_-7V AU_8.0V 16
L314
4.7uH AUDIO 2.8V 17 PANEL_2.8V TRF_2.8V 18
L312
F 4.7uH 3225 DIGITAL 2.8V 19
21
PANEL_4.6V
EVF_2.8V
PANEL_13.5V
A_4.6V
20
22
2.8V R380 Q344-345
L309 C354 C361 0 348,349,351 23 EVF_BL- D_1.5V 24
C356 C359
22uH 22u 10u 10u 47u 12V REG
3225 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 25 EVF_BL+ D_1.5V 26
TA B P A B
Q345 27 INIT_CHARGE_ON AU_2.8V 28
Q334
2SC5376F-B(TPL3) 2SA1745-6.7-TL 29 CAM_DD_ON AU_4.6V 30
13.5V
-7.2 13.5 12.3 31 VTR_DD_ON D_2.8V 32
-VCAM
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
R388
33 SHOE_ON D_2.8V 34
-11.7
R360 Q335 R372 120k

120k 12.9 ± 0.5%
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
G 47k ± 0.5%
R378
47k
35 SHOE_UNEREG EVF_13.5V 36
Q349
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
37 SHOE_UNEREG DRUM_VS 38
-10.8 R373 12.3
-10.8 8200 Q344 12.4 39 D_3.1V CAP_VS 40
± 0.5% 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
Q351
-7.2 3 TO(1/2)
C372 4.6 41 D_3.1V FAST_CHARGE 42 FAST_CHARGE
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
Q333-335,338 10u
4.6
-7V REG 20V 43 BATT_SIG CHARGE_INH 44 CHARGE_INH 1 TO(1/2)
C366 TA B
0
0.5 10u 4.1 4.1 45 BATT/XEXT_SW CAP_ERROR 46 CAP_ERROR 8 TO(1/2)

Q333
20V R376 R389

Q338 47k 68k
TA B ± 0.5% 47 A_2.8V DRUM_ERROR 48 DRUM_ERROR 10 TO(1/2)
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO Q348
R365 R374 2.8 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO C371 49 BATT_UNREG VTR_UNREG 50 VTR_UNREG 6
10u TO(1/2)
47k 220k
H ± 0.5% C367
0.1u
R381
47k
2.3
R390
4700
20V
TA B
51
53
D_1.9V
D_1.9V
VTR_UNREG
MT_5.2V
52
54 MT_5.2V 13 TO(1/2)
B ± 0.5%
55 RP_4.6V MT_5.2V 56
AU_8.0V 59 REG_GND REG_GND 60
R358 R366 R379
100k Q328 120k C364
XX
Q326,328,336 XX ± 0.5% 4.7u
20V TO VC-242 BOARD(18/18)
+8.0V REG. TA B CN021
Q336
XX (THROUGH THE FP-191 FLEXIBLE)
I Q326
R367
(SEE PAGE 4-49)
XX
100k
± 0.5% Q344,345,348
349,351
R361 R368 +12V REG.
22k 33k
± 0.5%
C369
2.2u
Q332 L317 F L451
Q331,332 22uH
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO +13.5V REG 2012 4.7uH
15.5V
14 TO(1/2) 16.7 13.6 R369
J Q327,337
+13.5V REG.
R359
47k
16.0
120k
± 0.5% L318
22uH
C370
2.2u
13.6 F
Q331 2012
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO R456 Q450
0 XX L452 L453
4.6
15.5 XX XX 5.15V
15.5 Q337 R370
4.7
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO 56k
± 0.5% R457
4.1 XX CHOKE C454
4.1 XX C457
C450 10V B XX
Q327 C365 4.7u 3216 10V A
R362 R371 4.7u 10V B
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO 6800
47k ± 0.5% 20V 3216
K L316
PANEL_4.6V
TA B
4.7uH
4.6V L313
4.7uH RP_4.6V VTR_DD_ON
C455 15
L311 XX B TO(1/2)
4.7uH A_4.6V
L310 IC450 CT
4.7uH AU_4.6V XX C458
R391 1 XX CH R452
EVF_BL_4.6V 2012 XX
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
VREF CT ± 0.5%
C451
2
CTL RT R453
C353 C355 C360 C363 R392 1 C373 XX B R455
10u 10u 10u 10u 2012 XX
XX
3
10u CSCP +IN ± 0.5%
L 10V
TA A
10V
TA A
10V
TA A
10V
TA A 10V
4
TA A CS -IN
5
GND FB
16 C456 R451
6
VE DTC XX B XX
R450
7
XX OUT CB1
8
Vcc CB2 C453 R454
C452 XX XX
XX B B ± 0.5%
DC REGURATOR
DD-138 (2/2) 4-107 4-108
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-3. WAVEFORMS
CD-254 BOARD PD-126 BOARD LB-065 BOARD

REC REC/PB REC/PB
1 IC100, 101, 102 1,2 1 IC2101 rh 9 IC2103 rk 1 IC200 4
8Vp-p 2.9Vp-p
500mVp-p 4.6Vp-p
H H V
H
2 IC100, 101, 102 3,4 2 IC2101 rj

19.5Vp-p
440mVp-p
17msec H
3 IC100, 101, 102 qa 3 IC2101 rk
19V 420mVp-p
34msec
H
4 IC100, 101, 102 qf 4 IC2101 w;
3.4Vp-p
74 nsec
8.0Vp-p
2H
5 IC100, 101, 102 qg,qh 5 IC2101 ws
3.4Vp-p
74 nsec
8.0Vp-p
2H
6 IC101 8 6 IC2101 wf
0.4Vp-p
H
8.0Vp-p
2H
7 IC102 8 7 IC2103 1
0.3Vp-p 2.8Vp-p
H H
8 IC100 8 8 IC2103 wh
0.2Vp-p
H
2.9Vp-p
56 nsec
WAVEFORMS
4-109 CD-254, PD-126, LB-065
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
HL-011 BOARD DD-138 BOARD (1/2)

REC/PB CAMERA REC
1 IC1701 2 1 IC300 rj
3.0Vp-p 5.2Vp-p
38 µsec 2.5 µsec
2 IC300 t;
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
3 IC300 td
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
4 IC300 th
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
5 IC300 tk
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
6 IC300 ya
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
7 IC300 yf
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
8 IC300 3
1.4Vp-p
2.5 µsec
WAVEFORMS
HL-011, DD-138 4-110
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
SECTION 5
ADJUSTMENTS
1. Before starting adjustment
EVR Data Re-writing Procedure When Replacing Board

The data that is stored in the repair board, is not necessarily correct.
Perform either procedure 1 or procedure 2 or procedure 3 when replacing board.
Procedure 1
Save the EVR data of the machine in which a board is going to be replaced. Download the saved data after a board
is replaced.
(Machine before starting repair) PC PC (Machine after a board is replaced)
Save the EVR data Download the saved

to a personal computer. data to a machine.
Procedure 2
Remove the EEPROM from the board of the machine that is going to be repaired. Install the removed EEPROM
to the replaced board.
Remove the EEPROM and install it.
(Former board) (New board)
Procedure 3
When the data cannot be saved due to defective EEPROM, or when the EEPROM cannot be removed or
installed, save the data from the same model of the same destination, and download it.
(Machine to be repaired) PC (Machine to be repaired)
Download the data.
Save the data.
(The same model of the same destination)
After the EVR data is saved and downloaded, check the

respective items of the EVR data.
(Refer to page 5-3 for the items to be checked.)
5-1
1-1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.
• Adjusting items when replacing main parts
When replacing main parts, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
Note1: When replacing the drum assy., reset the data of page: 2, address: A2 to A4 to “00”. (Refer to “Record of Use check” of “5-4. SERVICE MODE”)
Replaced parts
Block replacement Parts replacement
SE-108 board SE600 to 603 (PITCH/YAW sensor)
PD-126 board IC2103 (Timing generator (LCD))
VC-242 board IC1803 (Timing generator (EVF))

LB-065 board ND200 (Fluorescent tube (EVF))
VC-242 board IC802 (Camera micro processor)

VC-242 board IC705, X701 (Timing generator)
VC-242 board IC101 (EQ, A/D CONV., PLL)

VC-242 board IC1301 (LINE IN/OUT amp)
PD-126 board IC2101 (RGB driver (LCD))
VC-242 board IC1802 (RGB driver (EVF))

(Including 3 CCD imagers)
VC-242 board IC301 (DV signal process)

ND901 (Fluorescent tube)
Mechanism deck M902 (Capstan motor)

FP-594 board H902 (T reel FG sensor)
Mechanism deck M901 (Drum motor)
VC-242 board IC706 (A/D converter)

LCD902 (LCD panel)
LCD901 (LCD panel)
VC-242 board IC102 (REC/PB amp)

VC-242 board IC704 (S/H, AGC)
Adjustment
VC-242 board IC803 (EVR)

Adjustment
Inverter unit
Section
Control switch (CF-4980)

Mechanism deck
Lens device
LCD block
LCD block
LCD block
EVF block
Prism assy
VAP unit
Initialization of C, D, 8 page data

Initialization
Initialization of B page data
of B, C, D, E,
Initialization of E, F page data
F, 8 page data
Modification of E page data z
27MHz origin oscillation adj. z z
Zoom key center adj. z
HALL adj. z z z
Offset adj. z z z z
Flange back adj. z z
Pre-white balance data input z z z z z
AWB standard data input z z z z
MAX GAIN adj. z z z z z
Camera
LV standard data input z z z z
White balance ND filter 1 compensation z z z z
White balance ND filter 2 compensation z z z z
Auto white balance adj. z z z z
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter OFF) z z z z
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 1) z z z z
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 2) z z z z
Steady shot adj. z z
VCO adj. z
Bright adj. z
EVF Contrast adj. z z
Backlight consumption current adj. z
White balance adj. z z z
VCO adj. z
Bright adj. z
Black limit adj. z
LCD Contrast adj. z z
Center level adj. z
V COM adj. z z
White balance adj. z z z z
Serial No. input
System control
Battery end adj.
CAP FG duty adj. z z
T reel FG duty adj. z z
Switching position adj. z z
Servo, RF
AGC center level adj. z z z z
APC & AEQ adj. z z z z
PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj. z z z z
Chroma BPF f0 adj. z
Video S VIDEO OUT Y level adj. z z
S VIDEO OUT Cr, Cb level adj. z z
Mechanism Tape path adj. z z z z
Table. 5-1-1(1).
5-2
• Adjusting items when replacing a board or EEPROM
When replacing a board or EEPROM, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
Board replacement
(COMPLETE)
(COMPLETE)
(COMPLETE)
(COMPLETE)
(COMPLETE)
(COMPLETE)
(EEPROM)
(EEPROM)
(EEPROM)
Adjustment
Adjustment
Section
VC-242 board IC1406

VC-242 board IC801
VC-242 board IC502
CD-252 board
VC-242 board
PD-126 board
LB-065 board
SE-108 board
FP-594 board
Initialization of C, D, 8 page data z z

Initialization
Initialization of B page data z z
of B, C, D, E,
Initialization of E, F page data z z
F, 8 page data
Modification of E page data z z
27MHz origin oscillation adj. z z
Zoom key center adj. z z
HALL adj. z z
Offset adj. z z z
Flange back adj. z z z
Pre-white balance data input z z z
AWB standard data input z z z
MAX GAIN adj. z z z
Camera
LV standard data input z z z
White balance ND filter 1 compensation z z z
White balance ND filter 2 compensation z z z
Auto white balance adj. z z z
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter OFF) z z z
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 1) z z z
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 2) z z z
Steady shot adj. z z z
VCO adj. z z
Bright adj. z z
EVF Contrast adj. z z
Backlight consumption current adj. z z z
VCO adj. z z z
Bright adj. z z z
Black limit adj. z z z
LCD Contrast adj. z z z
Center level adj. z z z
V COM adj. z z z
Serial No. input z z
System control
Battery end adj. z z
CAP FG duty adj. z z
T reel FG duty adj. z z z
Switching position adj. z z
Servo, RF
AGC center level adj. z z
APC & AEQ adj. z z
PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj. z z
Chroma BPF f0 adj. z z
Video S VIDEO OUT Y level adj. z z
S VIDEO OUT Cr, Cb level adj. z z
Mechanism Tape path adj. z
Table. 5-1-1(2).
5-3
5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT
1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT (CAMERA SECTION)
1-1-1. List of Service Tools

• Oscilloscope • Color monitor • Vectorscope
• Regulated power supply • Digital voltmeter
Ref. No. Name Parts Code Usage
Auto white balance adjustment/check
J-1 Filter for color temperature correction (C14) J-6080-058-A
White balance adjustment/check
ND filter 1.0 J-6080-808-A White balance check
J-2
ND filter 0.3 J-6080-818-A White balance check (2 sheets used)
J-3 Pattern box PTB-450 J-6082-200-A
J-4 Color chart for pattern box J-6020-250-A
Adjustment remote commander
J-5 J-6082-053-B
(RM-95 upgraded) (Note1)
J-6 Siemens star chart J-6080-875-A For checking the flange back
J-7 Clear chart for pattern box J-6080-621-A
For adjusting the video section
J-8 CPC-13 jig J-6082-443-A
For adjusting the color viewfinder
For extension between the CD-254 board (CN100) and
J-9 Extension cable (50P, 0.5mm) J-6082-496-A
the VC-242 board (CN025)
J-10 Mini pattern box J-6082-353-B For adjusting the flange back
J-11 Camera table J-6082-384-A For adjusting the flange back
Note1: If the micro processor IC in the adjustment remote commander is

not the new micro processor (UPD7503G-C56-12), the pages
cannot be switched. In this case, replace with the new micro
processor (8-759-148-35).
J-1 J-2 J-3 J-4 J-5
J-6 J-7 J-8 J-9 J-10
J-11
Fig. 5-1-1.
5-4
1-1-2. Preparations
Note 1: For details of how remove the cabinet and boards, refer to “2.
DISASSEMBLY”. Pattern box
Note 2: When performing only the adjustments, the lens block and boards
need not be disassembled.
1) Connect the equipment for adjustments according to Fig. 5-1-3.
Note 3: As removing the cabinet (R) (removing the VC-242 board CN008)
means removing the lithium 3V power supply (CK-093 board 95 cm
BT250), data such as date, time, user-set menus will be lost. After
completing adjustments, reset these data. If the cabinet (R) has
been removed, the self-diagnosis data, data on history of use (total
drum rotation time etc. ) will be lost. Before removing, note down
the self-diagnosis data and the data on history use (data of page:
2, address: A2 to AA). (Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS
FUNCTION” for the self-diagnosis data, and to “5-4.Service
Mode” for the data on the history use.)
Front of the protection glass
Note 4: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turned
on with the control switch block (CF-4980) removed. After
completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced Camera
Power ON Mode”.
Fig. 5-1-2.
Note 5: Exiting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
5-5
Must be connected when
performing the audio system adjustments. Cabinet (L)
Handle, cabinet (Top) FK-076 board
CN501
FP-200
flexible
Adjustment remote Must be connected when

commander using the VTR function keys.
Control switch block (CF-4980) CPC-13 jig

Must be connected when (J-6082-443-A)
using the POWER switch or EJECT switch.
FP-186
flexible (Note)
CN8612
LANC
performing the camera or
CN008 CN023 audio system adjustments.
jack CN009
CN004
Color monitor performing the video or EVF
CN025
VIDEO jack system adjustments.
VC-242
board
DD-138 VC-242 board CN007
Vector scope board AC power adaptor
AC-L10 or
CN301 AC-VQ800
CN300 DC IN jack
(1-794-637-11)
JK-190 CN006
board
Extension cable
Terminated at 75Ω (J-6082-496-A)
Must be connected when performing
the EVF system adjustments.
the camera system adjustments.
Viewfinder
CD-254 board
CN100
CN051
CN053 KP-010
CN055
board
CN056
CN550
LA-026 board FP-190
flexible
CN052 CN054
CN050 CN001
MK-014
CN775 board
MS-049 board
the LCD system adjustments or when
changing the menu settings.
Must be connected when changing the menu settings.
FP-187 flexible
Cabinet (R)
Note: FP-186 flexible is inserted in the direction which is opposite to the normal direction.
Fig. 5-1-3.
5-6
1-1-3. Precaution
1. Setting the Switch
Unless otherwise specified, set the switches as follows and perform
adjustments without loading cassette.
1. POWER switch (CF-4980 block) .......................... CAMERA 10. BACK LIGHT (FP-189 flexible) ..................................... OFF
2. DEMO MODE (Menu display) ....................................... OFF 11. SPOT LIGHT (FP-189 flexible) ...................................... OFF
3. DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF 12. PICTURE EFFECT (CK-093 board) ............................... OFF
4. STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF 13. DIGITAL EFFECT (CK-093 board) ................................ OFF
5. DISPLAY (Menu display) ................................. V-OUT/LCD 14. ZEBRA (CK-093 board) .................................................. OFF
6. DISPLAY (CK-093 board) ............................................... ON 15. 16 : 9 WIDE (Menu display) ............................................ OFF
7. AUTO LOCK (MK-014 board) ................................... AUTO 16. AUTO SHUTTER (Menu display) .................................. OFF
8. ND FILTER (Lens block) ................................................ OFF 17. PROG.SCAN (Menu display) .......................................... OFF
9. FOCUS switch (FP-188 flexible) .......................... MANUAL
2. Order of Adjustments
Basically carry out adjustments in the order given.
Color bar chart standard picture frame

Electronic beam scanning frame
H
Yellow
Magenta
White
Cyan
Green
0 ± 0.1msec
Red
Blue
Magenta
Yellow
Green
White
Cyan
Blue
Red
CRT picture frame
V
A B A=B B A
Fig. b (TV monitor picture)
Fig. a Enlargement
(Video output terminal
output waveform)
Difference in level
Adjust the camera zoom and direction to

obtain the output waveform shown in Fig. a
B A and the TV monitor display shown in Fig. b.
Fig. 5-1-4
3. Subjects
1) Color bar chart (Standard picture frame).
When performing adjustments using the color bar chart, adjust
the picture frame as shown in Fig. 5-1-4. (Standard picture
frame) White
2) Clear chart (Standard picture frame) 841mm
Remove the color bar chart from the pattern box and insert a
clear chart in its place. (Do not perform zoom operations during Black
this time.)
3) Flange back adjustment chart
Make the chart shown in Fig. 5-1-5 using A0 size (1189 mm × 1189mm
841 mm) black and white vellum paper.
Fig. 5-1-5
Note: Use matte vellum paper bigger than A0, and make sure the edges of
the black and white paper joined together are not rough.
5-7
1-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, C, D, E, F, 8 PAGE
DATA
1-2-1. INITIALIZATION OF C, D, 8 PAGE DATA
1. Initializing the C, D, 8 Page Data 2. Modification of C, D, 8 Page Data

If the C, D, 8 page data has been initialized, change the data of the
Note1: If “Initializing the C, D, 8 Page Data” is performed, all data of the “Fixed data-2” address shown in the following tables by manual
C page, D page and 8 page will be initialized. (It is impossible to input.
initialize a single page.)
Note2: If the C, D, 8 page data has been initialized, the following
Modifying Method:
adjustments need to be performed again.
1) Modification of C, D, 8 page data 1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
2) Serial No. input data: 01.
3) Servo and RF system adjustments 2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
4) Video system adjustments they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
5) Color viewfinder system adjustments the data built in the same model.
6) LCD system Adjustments Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.
Adjustment Page C 3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
Adjustment Address 10 to FF
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
Adjustment Page D 4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.
Adjustment Address 10 to FF If not, change the data to the initial value.
Adjustment Page 8
Processing after Completing Modification of C, D, 8 Page data
Adjustment Address 00 to FF
Order Page Address Data Procedure
Initializing Method: 1 2 00 29 Set the data
Order Page Address Data Procedure 2 2 01 29 Set the data, and press the
1 0 01 01 Set the data PAUSE button.
2 3 81 Check that the data is “00”.
Note: If the following symptoms occur after completing of the
3 3 80 0A Set the data, and press the “Modification of C, D, 8 page data”, check that the data of the “Fixed
PAUSE button. data-2” addresses of D page are same as those of the same model of
the same destination.
4 3 80 Check that the data changes to
1) The battery end mark on the LCD or viewfinder screen is flashing.
“1A” 2) The power is shut off so that unit cannot operate.
5 Perform “Modification of C, D,
8 Page Data”. 3. C Page Table
Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the C, D, 8

Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of C, D, 8
Page Data”.)
Address Remark
Initial value
00 to 0F
10 EE Switching position adj.
11 00
12 00
13 00
14 to 15 Fixed data-1
16 E0 Cap FG duty adj.
17 E0 Treel FG duty adj.
18 2A AEQ adj.
19 2A
1A Fixed data-1
1B 32 AEQ adj.
1C 32
1D Fixed data-1
1E 25 AGC center level adj.
1F 3E PLL f0 adj.
20 3E
21 DC APC adj.
22 99 LPF f0 adj.
5-8
Address Remark Address Remark
Initial value Initial value
23 to 24 Fixed data-1 C8 Fixed data-2
25 88 S VIDEO out Y level adj. C9
26 E3 S VIDEO out Cr level adj. CA to E7 Fixed data-1
27 A1 S VIDEO out Cb level adj. E8 08 Serial No. input
28 04 Chroma BPF f0 adj. E9 00
29 20 PLL f0 fine adj. EA 46
2A to 2B Fixed data-1 EB 01
2C 03 APC adj. EC 01
2D to 41 Fixed data-1 ED 00
42 Fixed data-2 EE 00
43 to 81 Fixed data-1 EF 00
82 Fixed data-2 F0 to F3 Fixed data-1
83 to 85 Fixed data-1 F4 00 Emergency memory address
86 Fixed data-2 F5 00
87 F6 00
88 F7 00
89 F8 00
8A to 9A Fixed data-1 F9 00
9B Fixed data-2 FA 00
9C Fixed data-1 FB 00
9D Fixed data-2 FC 00
9E FD 00
9F FE 00
A0 FF 00
A1 to A2 Fixed data-1 Table. 5-1-2.
A3 Fixed data-2
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9 to AA Fixed data-1
AB Fixed data-2
AC Fixed data-1
AD Fixed data-2
AE Fixed data-1
AF Fixed data-2
B0
B1 Fixed data-1
B2 Fixed data-2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
BA to BF Fixed data-1
C0 Fixed data-2
C1 Fixed data-1
C2 Fixed data-2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7 Fixed data-1
5-9
4. D Page Table
Address Remark
Initial value
Page Data”.) 4D to 4E Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of C, D, 8 50 Fixed data-2
Page Data”.) 51
52
Address Remark
Initial value 53
00 to 0F 54
10 00 Test mode 55 to 57 Fixed data-1
11 to 12 Fixed data-1 58 Fixed data-2
13 Fixed data-2 59
14 5A
15 Fixed data-1 5B
16 Fixed data-2 5C
17 5D to 63 Fixed data-1
18 64 Fixed data-2
19 Fixed data-1 65
1A Fixed data-2 66
1B 67 Fixed data-1
1C 68 Fixed data-2
1D Fixed data-1 69 Fixed data-1
1E Fixed data-2 6A Fixed data-2
1F 6B to 7A Fixed data-1
20 7B Fixed data-2
21 7C to 8F Fixed data-1
22 90 Fixed data-2
23 91
24 Fixed data-1 92 60 VCO adj. (EVF)
25 Fixed data-2 93 60
26 94 Fixed data-2
27 95 AC Bright adj. (EVF)
28 96 Fixed data-2
29 97 90 White balance adj. (EVF)
2A Fixed data-1 98 80
2B Fixed data-2 99 30 Contrast adj. (EVF)
2C 9A Fixed data-1
2D Fixed data-1 9B Fixed data-2
2E Fixed data-2 9C F0 Backlight consumption current adj.
2F 9D F0 (EVF)
30 9E 11
31 to 32 Fixed data-1 9F 1F
33 Fixed data-2 A0 Fixed data-2
34 A1
35 A2 71 VCO adj. (LCD)
36 A3 71
37 A4 9F V-COM adj. (LCD)
38 to 3F Fixed data-1 A5 AA Bright adj.(LCD)
40 Fixed data-2 A6 0A Black limit adj.(LCD)
41 to 43 Fixed data-1 A7 Fixed data-2
44 Fixed data-2 A8 85 White balance adj. (LCD)
45 A9 75
46 Fixed data-1 AA 40 Contrast adj. (LCD)
47 Fixed data-2 AB 30 Center level adj.(LCD)
48 91 Battery end adj. AC Fixed data-2
49 97 AD
4A A8 AE
4B BD AF
4C C8 B0
5-10
5. 8 Page Table
Address Remark
Initial value
B1 to B8 Fixed data-1 Page Data”.)
B9 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of C, D, 8
BA Page Data”.)
BB to C3 Fixed data-1
Address Remark
C4 Fixed data-2
C5 Fixed data-1 00 to 0A Fixed data-1
C6 Fixed data-2 0B Fixed data-2
C7 to CF Fixed data-1 0C to 98 Fixed data-1
D0 Fixed data-2 99 Fixed data-2
D1 9A to FF Fixed data-1
D2 to D5 Fixed data-1 Table. 5-1-4.
D6 Fixed data-2
D7
D8 to DA Fixed data-1
DB Fixed data-2
DC to FF Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-3.
5-11
1-2-2. INITIALIZATION OF B PAGE DATA
Note: When reading the B page data, insert a “Memory Stick” into the
“Memory Stick” slot.
Switch setting:
POWER ................................................................. MEMORY
1. Initializing the B Page Data 2. Modification of B Page Data

Note: If the B page data has been initialized, the following adjustments If the B page data has been initialized, change the data of the “Fixed
need to be performed again. data-2” address shown in the following tables by manual input.
1) Modification of B page data
Preparations:
Adjustment Page B Order Page Address Data Procedure
Adjustment Address 00 to FF 1 2 8F 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Initializing Method
2 2 8F 03 Set the data, and press PAUSE
Order Page Address Data Procedure button.
1 0 01 01 Set the data. 3 2 8F 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
2 5 01 F3 Set the data, and press PAUSE button.
button.
3 5 00 01 Set the data, and press PAUSE Modifying Method:
button. 1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
4 5 01 Wait for three seconds.
2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
5 5 00 Check that the data is “00”. they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
6 5 02 Check that the data is “00”. the data built in the same model.
7 Perform “Modification of B Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
Page Data”. not operate.
3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
Processing after Completing Modification of B Page data:

1 2 00 29 Set the data.
2 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
5. B Page Table
Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. or 3. Initializing the B

Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. or 4. Modification of B
Page Data”.)
Address Remark
00 to 5F Fixed data-1
60 Fixed data-2
61 to FF Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-5.
5-12
1-2-3. INITIALIZATION OF E, F PAGE DATA
1. Initializing the E, F Page Data 3. Modification of E Page Data

When replacing the camera microprocessor (VC-242 board IC802),
Note1: If “Initializing the E, F Page Data” is performed, all data of the E change the data shown in the following table by manual input.
page and F page will be initialized. (It is impossible to initialize a
single page.) Version check of the camera microprocessor:
Note2: If the E, F page data has been initialized, following adjustments
need to be performed again. Order Page Address Data Procedure
1) Modification of E, F page data 1 6 FF The data shows the version of
2) Camera system adjustments the camera microprocessor.
01: Ver. 1.0
Adjustment Page F 02: Ver. 2.0
Adjustment Address 10 to FF 03: Ver. 3.0
Adjustment Page E
Modifying Method:
Adjustment Address 00 to F4 (Note3) • When replaced with the camera microprocessor ver. 2.0.
00 to F6 (Note4)
00 to F7 (Note5)
Note3: Camera microprocessor ver. 1.0 2 E F5 8B Set the data, and press PAUSE
Note4: Camera microprocessor ver. 2.0 button.
Note5: Camera microprocessor ver. 3.0
3 E F6 D0 Set the data, and press PAUSE
Switch setting: button.
POWER .................................................................. CAMERA 4 0 01 00 Set the data.
5 Turn off the power and turn on
Initializing Method: again.
1 0 01 01 Set the data. • When replaced with the camera microprocessor ver. 3.0.
2 6 01 Set the following data, and press Order Page Address Data Procedure
PAUSE button. 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2D: DCR-VX2000 (NTSC) 2 E F5 8B Set the data, and press PAUSE
2F : DCR-VX2000E (PAL) button.
3 6 03 01 Set the data, and press PAUSE 3 E F6 D0 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to 4 E F7 25 Set the data, and press PAUSE
“01”. button.
5 Perform “Modification of E, F 5 0 01 00 Set the data.
Page Data”. 6 Turn off the power and turn on
again.
2. Modification of E, F Page Data
If the E, F page data has been initialized, change the data of the
“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following table by manual input.
Modifying Method:
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model.
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.
3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.
If not, change the data to the initial value.
Processing after Completing Modification of E, F Page data

2) Turn off the power and turn on again.
5-13
4. F Page Table
Address Initial value Remark
Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F
Page Data”.) NTSC PAL
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F 60 Fixed data-2
Page Data”.) 61 to 6A Fixed data-1
6B Fixed data-2
Address Initial value Remark 6C
NTSC PAL 6D
00 to 0F 6E
10 to 14 Fixed data-1 6F Fixed data-1
15 Fixed data-2 70 89 89 HALL adj.
16 to 1B Fixed data-1 71 to 7B Fixed data-1
1C 80 80 27MHz origin osc. adj. 7C Fixed data-2
1D Fixed data-1 7D
1E 60 60 HALL adj. 7E to 80 Fixed data-1
1F 40 60 81 Fixed data-2
20 00 00 AWB standard data input 82 Fixed data-1
21 15 15 83 Fixed data-2
22 00 00 84 to 8D Fixed data-1
23 2E 2E 8E Fixed data-2
24 AE AE Flange back adj. 8F to 9E Fixed data-1
25 2B 2B 9F Fixed data-2
26 44 44 A0 to A5 Fixed data-1
27 43 43 A6 Fixed data-2
28 B2 B2 A7
29 16 16 A8 to B1 Fixed data-1
2A 00 00 B2 Fixed data-2
2B 00 00 B3 to B9 Fixed data-1
2C 8B 8B MAX GAIN adj. BA Fixed data-2
2D to 33 Fixed data-1 BB to C5 Fixed data-1
34 88 90 Auto white balance adj. C6 Fixed data-2
35 6C 8F C7 Fixed data-1
36 D6 D6 Flange back adj. C8 Fixed data-2
37 E6 E6 C9 to CA Fixed data-1
38 46 46 CB Fixed data-2
39 45 00 CC
3A 3F 19 CD
3B 3F 00 CE
3C 16 27 CF
3D A8 A8 D0
3E 38 38 LV standard data input D1
3F 76 76 D2
40 Fixed data-1 D3
41 50 50 Steady shot adj. D4
42 50 50 D5
43 Fixed data-1 D6 to DF Fixed data-1
44 EB EB Color reproduction adj. E0 Fixed data-2
45 D5 D5 (ND filter OFF) E1 to EC Fixed data-1
46 20 20 ED Fixed data-2
47 20 20 EE to F4 Fixed data-1
48 to 49 Fixed data-1 F5 Fixed data-2
4A 00 00 WB ND filter 1 compensation F6
4B 00 00 F7
4C to 52 Fixed data-1 F8 Fixed data-1
53 Fixed data-2 F9 Fixed data-2
54 to 5C Fixed data-1 FA to FC Fixed data-1
5D 80 80 Zoom key center adj. FD Fixed data-2
5E to 5F Fixed data-1 FE to FF Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-6.
5-14
5. E Page Table
Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F
Page Data”.) NTSC PAL
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F 95 to A0 Fixed data-1
Page Data”.) A1 Fixed data-2
Note2: Refer to “2. Modification of E, F Page Data” for the camera
A2
microprocessor version.
A3 to A7 Fixed data-1
A8 Fixed data-2
A9 to AB Fixed data-1
NTSC PAL
00 to 05 Fixed data-1 AC Fixed data-2
06 Fixed data-2 AD
07 AE to B0 Fixed data-1
08 to 10 Fixed data-1 B1 Fixed data-2
11 Fixed data-2 B2 Fixed data-1
12 to 13 Fixed data-1 B3 Fixed data-2
14 Fixed data-2 B4 to B9 Fixed data-1
15 to 29 Fixed data-1 BA Fixed data-2
2A 10 10 Pre-white balance data input BB to C3 Fixed data-1
2B 10 10 C4 Fixed data-2
2C Fixed data-1 C5 to CB Fixed data-1
2D 80 80 Offset adj. CC Fixed data-2
2E 80 80 CD
2F 80 80 CE
30 to 47 Fixed data-1 CF to D9 Fixed data-1
48 Fixed data-2 DA Fixed data-2
49 DB
4A to 51 Fixed data-1 DC to EB Fixed data-1
52 Fixed data-2 EC Fixed data-2
53 Fixed data-1 ED to F2 Fixed data-1
56 Fixed data-2 F5 (*1) 8B 8B Refer to “3. Modification of E Page
57 Fixed data-1 F6 (*1) D0 D0 Data”.
58 Fixed data-2 F7 (*2) 25 25
59 Fixed data-1 *1: Only for the camera microprocessor ver. 2.0 or ver. 3.0
5A Fixed data-2 *2: Only for the camera microprocessor ver. 3.0
5B
5C Fixed data-1 Table. 5-1-6.
5D Fixed data-2
5E
5F
62 EB EB Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 1)
63 D5 D5
64 20 20
65 20 20
75 Fixed data-2
76 to 8B Fixed data-1
8C Fixed data-2
8D
8E 00 00 WB ND filter 2 compensation
8F 00 00
90 EB EB Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 2)
91 D5 D5
92 20 20
93 20 20
94 Fixed data-2
5-15
1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Before perform the camera system adjustments, check that the
specified values of “VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” are
satisfied.
1. 27MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment 2. Zoom Key Center Adjustment

(VC-242 board) Set the A/D value center of the microprocessor to the center voltage
Set the frequency of the clock for synchronization. of the zoom key.
If deviated, the synchronization will be disrupted and the color will If deviated, the zoom lens operates of itself ,even if the zoom key is
become inconsistent. the center position.
Subject Not required Subject Not required
Measurement Point Pin rj of IC771 or pin qf of IC706 Measurement Point Display data of page: 6, address: 50
Measuring Instrument Frequency counter Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page F Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 1C Adjustment Address 5D
Specified Value f=13500000 ± 68Hz
Note: Don’t touch the zoom switch during adjustment.
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method:
2 F 1C Change the data and set the
frequency (f) to the specified 2 6 50 Read the data, and this data is
value. named D50.
3 F 1C Press PAUSE button. 3 F 5D D50 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
VC-242 board
50 26 24 13
51 25 12
IC771 1
37 48
IC706
75 1
76 100
Fig. 5-1-6.
5-16
3. HALL Adjustment 4. Offset Adjustment
For detecting the position of the lens iris, adjust AMP gain and Adjust so that the AGC OUT potential lies within the specified value
offset. of the digital clamp.
Subject Not required Subject Not required
Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note1) Measurement Point DDS display data of LCD or TV
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander monitor (Note1)
Adjustment Page F Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Address 1E, 1F, 70 Adjustment Page E
Specified Value 1 88 to 8C Adjustment Address 2D, 2E, 2F
Specified Value 2 15 to 19 Specified Value 70 to 90
Note1: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander. Note 1: DDS display data of LCD or TV monitor.
1 : XX : XX CA 00 0000
IRIS display data CA 00 00XX
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page: Object data
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data Procedure
Order Page Address Data Procedure 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
1 0 01 01 Set the data. 2 D 11 02 Set the data, and press PAUSE
2 6 94 8A Set the data. button.
3 6 95 17 Set the data. 3 6 01 05 Set the data, and press PAUSE
4 6 01 6D Set the data, and press PAUSE button.
button. 4 E 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSE
5 6 02 Check that the data changes to button.
“01”. (Note3) 5 6 04 1F Set the data.
6 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE 6 E 2D Change the data and adjust the
button. DDS display data (Note 1) to
“80”. (Rch offset adjustment)
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 7 E 2D Press PAUSE button.
1E, 1F, 70.
Checking method: 9 E 2E Change the data and adjust the
DDS display data (Note 1) to
“80”. (Gch offset adjustment)
10 E 2E Press PAUSE button.
button.
3 1 Check that the IRIS display data 12 E 2F Change the data and adjust the
(Note1) satisfies the specified DDS display data (Note 1) to
value 1. “80”. (Bch offset adjustment)
13 E 2F Press PAUSE button.
button.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
5 1 Check that the IRIS display data
(Note1) satisfies the specified Order Page Address Data Procedure
value.2. 1 D 11 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Processing after Completing Adjustments: 2 E 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE 3 0 01 00 Set the data.
button. 4 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
2 6 04 00 Set the data. button.
3 6 94 00 Set the data. 5 6 04 00 Set the data.
4 6 95 00 Set the data. 6 Turn off the power and turn on
5 0 01 00 Set the data. again.
5-17
5. Flange Back Adjustment (Using Minipattern Box)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out
automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during
auto focusing/manual focusing.
Subject Siemens star chart with ND filter for
the minipattern box (Note2)
Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D
Note1: Dark Siemens star chart.

Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:
Switch setting:
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Preparations: Adjusting method:

1) The minipattern box is installed as shown in the following Order Page Address Data Procedure
figure.
Note: The attachment lenses are not used. 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2) Install the minipattern box so that the distance between it and 2 6 01 13 Set the data, and press PAUSE
the front of the protection glass of the camcorder is less than button. (Note3)
3cm. (Remove the lens hood.) 3 6 01 27 Set the data, and press PAUSE
3) Make the height of the minipattern box and the camcorder equal. button.
4) Check that the output voltage of the regulated power supply is
the specified voltage.
“01”. (Note4)
5) Check that at both the zoom lens TELE end and WIDE end,
the center of the Siemens star chart and center of the exposure 5 F 2A Check that the data is “00” to
screen coincide. “07”.
Note3: Don’t touch the zoom switch. If you touch the zoom switch, the
Specified voltage: The specified voltage varies according to the
zoom center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value which
minipattern box, so adjust the power supply isn’t correct.
output voltage to the specified voltage written Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address::
on the sheet which is supplied with the 24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D.
minipattern box.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Below 3 cm Order Page Address Data Procedure
Minipattern box 1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Camcorder 2 6 02 00 Set the data.
Camera
table 4 Turn off the power and turn on
again.
Regulated power supply
Output voltage : Specified voltage ±0.01Vdc
5 Perform “Flange Back Check”.
Output current : more than 3.5A
Red (+)
Black (–)
Yellow (SENS +)
White (SENS –) Need not connected

Black (GND)
Fig. 5-1-7.
5-18
6. Flange Back Adjustment
(Using Flange Back Adjustment Chart and Subject
More Than 500m Away)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out
automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during
auto focusing/manual focusing.
6-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1) 6-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2)
Subject Flange back adjustment chart Perform this adjustment after performing “Flange Back Adjustment
(2.0 m from the front of the protection (1)”.
glass) Subject Subject more than 500m away
(Luminance: 230 ± 30 lux) (Subjects with clear contrast such as
Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor buildings, etc.)
Measuring Instrument Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor
Adjustment Page F Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Address 24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. Note1: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:
Switch setting:
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF Preparations:
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.) 1) Set the zoom lens to the TELE end and expose a subject that is
more than 500 m away (subject with clear contrast such as
Adjusting method: building, etc.). (Nearby subjects less than 500 m away should
Order Page Address Data Procedure not be in the screen.)
1 0 01 01 Set the data. Adjusting method:
2 6 01 13 Set the data, and press PAUSE Order Page Address Data Procedure
button. (Note2)
button. (Note2)
“01”. (Note3) Place a ND filter on the lens so
that the optimum image is
5 F 2A Check that the data is “00” to obtain.
“07”.
Note2: Don’t touch the zoom switch. If you touch the zoom switch, the button.
zoom center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value which 4 6 02 Check that the data changes to
isn’t correct. “01”. (Note3)
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address::
24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D. Note2: Don’t touch the zoom switch. If you touch the zoom switch, the
zoom center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value which
Processing after Completing Adjustments: isn’t correct.
Order Page Address Data Procedure Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address::
24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D.
button. Processing after Completing Adjustments:
2 Turn off the power and turn on Order Page Address Data Procedure
again.
3 Perform “Flange Back button.
Adjustment (2)”
2 Turn off the power and turn on
again.
3 Perform “Flange Back Check”.
5-19
7. Flange Back Check
Subject Siemens star
(2.0m from the front of the protection
glass)
(Luminance : approx. 300 ± 50 lux)
Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor
Specified Value Focused at the TELE end and WIDE
end.
Checking method:
1) Place the Siemens star 2.0m from the front of the protection
glass.
2) To open the IRIS, decrease the luminous intensity to the
Siemens star up to a point before noise appear on the image.
3) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end.
4) Turn on the auto focus.
5) Check that the lens is focused.
6) Turn off the auto focus.
7) While observe the TV monitor, move the zoom to the WIDE
end and check that the lens is focused.
8. Picture Frame Setting Check on the oscilloscope

Subject Color bar chart
(Color bar standard picture frame) 1. Horizontal period
(95cm from the front of the protection A=B C=D
glass)
B C
Measurement Point Video output terminal
A D
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope and TV monitor
Specified Value A=B, C=D, t=0 ± 0.1msec
Switch setting:
1) ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
2) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ...................................... OFF
Setting method:
1 6 2C 01 Set the data.
4 6 92 6E Set the data.
Fig. 5-1-8.
6 6 01 79 Set the data, and press PAUSE 2. Vertical period
button.
t=0 ± 0.1msec
7 Adjust the camera direction, and
set to the specified position.
8 Mark the position of the picture
frame on the monitor display,
and adjust the picture frame to
V
this position in following
adjustments using “Color bar Fig. 5-1-9.
standard frame”.
Color on the TV monitor
button.
Color bar chart picture frame TV monitor picture frame

Fig. 5-1-10.
5-20
9. Pre White Balance Data Input 10. Auto White Balance Standard Data Input
At 3200k, input the pre white balance standard data. At 3200K, input the white balance standard data.
Subject Clear chart Subject Clear chart
(Color bar standard picture frame) (Color bar standard picture frame)
Adjustment Page E Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 2A, 2B Adjustment Address 20 to 23
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
once. once.
Switch setting: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.) Switch setting:
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
Adjusting method: (The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Adjusting method:
3 F 20 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
button.
3 6 01 0B Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
button. (Note)
button.
“01”.
6 F 23 2E Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
7 6 01 7F Set the data, and press PAUSE 20 to 23.
button.
8 6 01 7D Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. (Note) Order Page Address Data Procedure
9 6 02 Check that the data changes to 1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
“01”. button.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: E, address:
2A and 2B.

button.
4 Perform “Auto White Balance
Standard Data Input”.
5-21
11. MAX GAIN Adjustment 12. LV Standard Data Input
Setting the minimum illumination. Adjust the normal coefficient of the light value.
If it is not consistent, the image level required for taking subjects in Subject Clear chart
low illuminance will not be produced (dark). (Color bar standard picture frame)
Subject Clear chart Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note2)
(Color bar standard picture frame)
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 2C
Adjustment Address 3E, 3F
Switch setting: Specified Value 0FE0 to 1020
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.) Note1: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, turn the
power of the unit OFF/ON.
Note2: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
Adjusting method: 1 : XX : XX
Order Page Address Data Procedure LV data
1 0 01 01 Set the data. Switch setting:
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
4 6 97 5C Set the data. Adjusting method:
5 6 01 6F Set the data, and press PAUSE Order Page Address Data Procedure
button. (Note) 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
6 6 02 Check that the data changes to 2 F 15 40 Set the data, and press PAUSE
“01”. button.
3 Wait for 5 seconds.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
2C. 4 6 01 0D Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. (Note3)
Processing after Completing Adjustments 5 6 02 Check that the data changes to
Order Page Address Data Procedure “01”.
1 6 96 00 Set the data. 6 6 04 1E Set the data.
2 6 97 00 Set the data. 7 1 Check that the LV data (Note2)
3 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE satisfies the specified value. If
button. not, repeat from step 2.
4 6 02 00 Set the data. Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
5 0 01 00 Set the data. 3E and 3F.

button.
button.
5-22
13. White Balance ND Filter 1 Compensation 14. White Balance ND Filter 2 Compensation
Compensate the white balance deviation when ND FILTER switch Compensate the white balance deviation when ND FILTER switch
is “1”. is “2”.
Subject Clear chart Subject Clear chart
Adjustment Page F Adjustment Page E
Adjustment Address 4A, 4B Adjustment Address 8E, 8F
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
once. once.
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page: Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting: Switch setting:

ND FILTER ........................................................................... 1 ND FILTER ........................................................................... 2
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “01”.) (The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “02”.)
Adjusting method: Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure Order Page Address Data Procedure
2 6 01 11 Set the data, and press PAUSE 2 6 01 CF Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
3 6 01 09 Set the data, and press PAUSE 3 6 01 CD Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. (Note) button. (Note)
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to 4 6 02 Check that the data changes to
“01”. “01”.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: E, address:
4A and 4B. 8E and 8F.
Processing after Completing Adjustments Processing after Completing Adjustments

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE 1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
4 Set ND FILTER switch to
“OFF”.
5-23
15. Auto White Balance Adjustment 16. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter OFF)
Adjust to the proper auto white balance output data. When the ND FILTER switch is “OFF”, adjust the color difference
If it is not correct, auto white balance and color reproducibility will matrix coefficient so that proper color reproduction is produced.
be poor. Subject Color bar chart
Subject Clear chart (Color bar standard picture frame)
(Color bar standard picture frame) Measurement Point Video output terminal
Filter Filter C14 for color temperature Measuring Instrument Vectorscope
correction
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 44, 45, 46, 47
Adjustment Address 34, 35
Specified Value All color luminance points should
settle within each color reproduction
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
once. frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page: Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. once.
Switch setting: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.) Switch setting:
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
Adjusting method: (The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Order Page Address Data Procedure Adjusting method:
1 Place the C14 filter for color Order Page Address Data Procedure
temperature correction on the
1 Check that the picture frame is
lens.
set to the specified position.
2 0 01 01 Set the data. (Refer to “8. Picture Frame
3 6 02 00 Set the data. Setting”.)
button. 3 F 5E 2D Set the data, and press PAUSE
5 6 01 81 Set the data, and press PAUSE button.
button. (Note) 4 F 44 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
6 6 02 Check that the data changes to button.
“01”. 5 F 45 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
34 and 35. 6 F 46 20 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Processing after Completing Adjustments 7 F 47 20 Set the data, and press PAUSE
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE 8 6 01 AB Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
2 6 02 00 Set the data. 9 6 01 A9 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. (Note)
“01”.
PAL Burst position 11 Adjust the GAIN and PHASE of
the vectorscope, and adjust the
burst luminance point to the
burst position of the color
reproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
12 Check that all color luminance
points settle within each color
reproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
44 to 47.

button.
NTSC Burst position 3 F 5E 1D Set the data, and press PAUSE
Fig. 5-1-11. button.
5-24
17. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter 1) 18. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter 2)
When the ND FILTER switch is “1”, adjust the color difference When the ND FILTER switch is “2”, adjust the color difference
matrix coefficient so that proper color reproduction is produced. matrix coefficient so that proper color reproduction is produced.
Subject Color bar chart Subject Color bar chart
Measurement Point Video output terminal Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Vectorscope Measuring Instrument Vectorscope
Adjustment Page E Adjustment Page E
Adjustment Address 62, 63, 64, 65 Adjustment Address 90, 91, 92, 93
Specified Value All color luminance points should Specified Value All color luminance points should
settle within each color reproduction settle within each color reproduction
frame. (Fig. 5-1-11) frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only once. Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only once.
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page: Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting: Switch setting:

1) ND FILTER ........................................................................... 1 1) ND FILTER ........................................................................... 2
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “01”.) (The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “02”.)
1 Check that the picture frame is 1 Check that the picture frame is
set to the specified position. set to the specified position.
(Refer to “8. Picture Frame (Refer to “8. Picture Frame
Setting”.) Setting”.)
3 F 5E 2D Set the data, and press PAUSE 3 F 5E 2D Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
4 E 62 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE 4 E 90 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
button. button.
button. button.
button. button.
8 6 01 C3 Set the data, and press PAUSE 8 6 01 CB Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
9 6 01 C1 Set the data, and press PAUSE 9 6 01 C9 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. (Note) button. (Note)
10 6 02 Check that the data changes to 10 6 02 Check that the data changes to
“01”. “01”.
11 Adjust the GAIN and PHASE of 11 Adjust the GAIN and PHASE of
the vectorscope, and adjust the the vectorscope, and adjust the
burst luminance point to the burst luminance point to the
burst position of the color burst position of the color
reproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11) reproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
12 Check that all color luminance 12 Check that all color luminance
points settle within each color points settle within each color
reproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11) reproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: E, address: Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: E, address:
62 to 65. 90 to 93.
Processing after Completing Adjustments Processing after Completing Adjustments

button. button.
3 F 5E 1D Set the data, and press PAUSE 3 F 5E 1D Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
5 Set ND FILTER switch to “OFF”.
5-25
19. White Balance Check
Subject Clear chart Processing after Completing Adjustments
(Color bar standard picture frame) Order Page Address Data Procedure
Filter Filter C14 for color temperature 1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
correction button.
ND filter 1.0 and 0.3 (2 sheets) 2 6 04 00 Set the data.
Measurement Point Video output terminal 3 F 10 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
Measuring Instrument Vectorscope button.
Specified Value Fig. 5-1-12. A to B 4 F 11 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Switch setting: 5 0 01 00 Set the data.
ND FILTER ...................................................................... OFF
R-Y 4mm
Checking method:
Indoor white balance check B-Y
1 Check that the lens is not
covered with either filter.
4mm
2 6 01 0F Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. Fig. 5-1-12. (A)
3 Check that the center of the
white luminance point is within R-Y
1.0mm
the circle shown Fig. 5-1-12. A.
Outdoor white balance check
B-Y
4 Place the C14 filter on the lens. 1.5mm
5 6 01 3F Set the data, and press PAUSE 6mm
button.
6 Check that the center of the 6mm
white luminance point is within
the circle shown Fig. 5-1-12. B. Fig. 5-1-12. (B)
7 Remove the C14 filter.
Indoor white balance data check
8 Place the ND filter 1.6
(1.0+0.3+0.3) on the lens.
9 6 01 0F Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
10 Wait for 2 seconds.
12 F 10 A1 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
button.
14 1 Check that the second digit of
the display data (Note) is an odd
number.
Specified value:
1 : XX : XX
Odd number
15 6 04 C6 Set the data.
16 1 Check that the display data
(Note) satisfies the specified
value.
Specified value: 0000 to 0C50
Note: Displayed data of the adjustment remote commander.

1 : XX : XX
Display data
5-26
20. Steady Shot Adjustment
• This adjustment is performed only when replacing the angular
velocity sensor.
Although this adjustment need not be performed when the circuit
is damaged, etc., check the operations.
• Note down the sensitivity displayed on the angular velocity sensor
of the repair parts. At this time, note down also to which board it
was attached to.
Be sure to check because if attached incorrectly, the screen will
vibrate up and down or left and right during hand-shake correction
operations.
Precautions on the Parts Replacement

There are two types of repair parts.
Type A: ENC03JA
Type B: ENC03JB
Replace the broken sensor with a same type sensor. If replace with
other type parts, the image will vibrate up and down or left and
right during hand-shake correction operations. After replacing, re-
adjust according to the adjusting method after replacement.
Precautions on Angular Velocity Sensor

The sensor incorporates a precision oscillator. Handle it with care
as if it dropped, the balance of the oscillator will be disrupted and
operations will not be performed properly.
Switch setting:
STEADY SHOT (Menu) ................................................... ON
DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu) ................................................ OFF
5-27
20-1. Steady Shot Adjustment (1)
Subject Pattern A
(1.5m from the front of the lens)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope V
(V period)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 41
Pattern A
White
Black
White
A4 size (297mm × 210mm)
Fig.5-1-13. Falling edge of Falling edge of

waveform when waveform when
data is “8A” data is “76”
Adjusting method:
2) Select page: F, address: EA, set data: 76, and press the PAUSE SV1–SV2
3) Expose pattern A with the zoom TELE end. SV1 (msec)
4) Adjust the focus. SV2 (msec)
5) Measure the vertical position SV1 (msec) of the falling edge
of the waveform. (Oscilloscope is V period) Fig. 5-1-14.
6) Select page: F, address: EA, set data: 8A, and press the PAUSE
button.
7) Measure the vertical position SV2 (msec) of the falling edge
of the waveform. (Oscilloscope is V period)
8) Obtain D41' using the following equation (decimal calculation).
NTSC model
1.53 0.6
D41' = × × 99
SV1 – SV2 PITCH sensor sensitivity
PAL model
1.84 0.6
D41' = × × 99
SV1 – SV2 PITCH sensor sensitivity
Note: PITCH sensor sensitivity (SE601 or SE602 of SE-108 board)
is written only on the repair parts.
9) Convert D41' to hexadecimal notation, and obtain D41. (Round
off to one decimal place)
(Refer to Table 5-4-1. “Hexadecimal notation-Decimal notation
conversion table” of “5-4. Service Mode”. )
10) Select page: F, address: 41, set data: D41, and press the PAUSE
button.

1) Select page: F, address: EA, set data: 80, and press the PAUSE
3) Check that the steady shot operation is performed normally.
5-28
20-2. Steady Shot Adjustment (2)
Subject Pattern B
(1.5m from the front of the lens) H
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
(H period)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 42
Black
Pattern B
White White
Falling edge of Falling edge of

A4 size (297mm × 210mm) waveform when waveform when
data is “8A” data is “76”
Fig.5-1-15.
SH1–SH2
Adjusting method:
SH1 (µsec)
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. SH2 (µsec)
2) Select page: F, address: EB, set data: 76, and press the PAUSE
3) Expose pattern B with the zoom TELE end. Fig. 5-1-16.
4) Adjust the focus.
5) Measure the horizontal position SH1 (µ sec) of the falling edge
of the waveform. (Oscilloscope is H period)
6) Select page: F, address: EB, set data: 8A, and press the PAUSE
button.
7) Measure the horizontal position SH2 (µ sec) of the falling edge
of the waveform. (Oscilloscope is H period)
8) Obtain D42' using the following equation (decimal calculation).
3.90 0.6
D42' = × × 99
SH1 – SH2 YAW sensor sensitivity
Note: YAW sensor sensitivity (SE600 or SE603 of SE-108 board) is
written only on the repair parts.
9) Convert D42' to hexadecimal notation, and obtain D42. (Round
off to one decimal place)
(Refer to Table 5-4-1. “Hexadecimal notation-Decimal notation
conversion table” of “5-4. Service Mode”. )
10) Select page: F, address: 42, set data: D42, and press the PAUSE
button.

1) Select page: F, address: EB, set data: 80, and press the PAUSE
3) Check that the steady shot operation is performed normally.
5-29
1-4. COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER 1. VCO Adjustment (VC-242 board)
SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the EVF screen will be
blurred.
Note1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage AC Mode Camera
power supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder to
Subject Arbitrary
avoid electrical shock.
Note2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damages Measurement Point Pin qg of CN007 (EVF VCO)
caused by static electricity. Measuring Instrument Frequency counter
Note3: As the PANEL CLOSE switch is attached to the cabinet (R), this
cabinet must be attached when performing adjustments. Adjustment Page D
If you perform the adjustments with cabinet (R) removed, set the Adjustment Address 92, 93
following data.
1) Select page: 2, address: 0E, and set data: 67.
Specified Value f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)
2) Select page: 2, address: 0F, and set data: 01. f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)
Reset the data after completing adjustment.
1) Select page: 2, address: 0E, and set data: 00. Note1: NTSC: DCR-VX2000
2) Select page: 2, address: 0F, and set data: 00. PAL: DCR-VX2000E
[Adjusting connector] Adjusting method:

Most of the measuring points for adjusting the viewfinder system Order Page Address Data Procedure
are concentrated in CN007 of the VC-242 board. 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-13 jig (J-6082-
433-A). 2 D 92 Change the data and set the
The following table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN007. VCO frequency (f) to the
specified value.
Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name
3 D 92 Press PAUSE button.
1 GND 11 H START
4 D 92 Read the data, and this data is
2 RF MON 12 XHD/PSIG
named D92.
3 SWP 13 EVF VB
5 Convert D92 to decimal notation,
4 RF IN/LANC JACK IN 14 EVF VR and obtain D92'. (Note2)
5 TDO 15 EVF VCO
6 Calculate D93' using following
6 GND 16 GND equations (Decimal calculation)
7 TCK 17 EVF BL – NTSC model:
8 TDI 18 EVF VG When D92' 226
9 PANEL COM 19 LANC SIG D93' = D92' + 29
When D92' > 226
10 TMS 20 EVF BL +
D93' = 255
Table 5-1-7. PAL model:
When D92' 29
D93' = D92' – 29
CN007 When D92' < 29
D93' = 00
20
7 Convert D93' to a hexadecimal
number, and obtain D93. (Note2)
8 D 93 D93 Set the data, and press PAUSE
1 button.
Note2: Refer to “Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table”.
Remove the CPC cover
Fig. 5-1-17.
5-30
2. Bright Adjustment (VC-242 board) 3. Contrast Adjustment (VC-242 board)
Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to the Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified
specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated
or saturated (whitish). (whitish).
Mode Camera Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Pin qk of CN007 (EVF VG) Measurement Point Pin qk of CN007 (EVF VG)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page D Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 95 Adjustment Address 99
Specified Value A = 7.30 ± 0.05V Specified Value A=2.45 ± 0.05V

2 D 95 Change the data and set the 2 D 99 Change the data and set the
voltage (A) between the reversed voltage (A) between the 3 steps
waveform pedestal and non- peak and pedestal to the
reversed waveform pedestal to specified value.
the specified value. (The data should be “00” to “7F”.)
3 D 95 Press PAUSE button. 3 D 99 Press PAUSE button.
Pedestal
A
3 steps peak
2H 2H
Pedestal Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-18. Fig. 5-1-19.
5-31
4. Backlight Consumption Current Adjustment 5. White Balance Adjustment (VC-242 board)
(VC-242 board) Correct the white balance.
Set the backlight luminance and color temperature. If deviated, the reproduction of the EVF screen may degenerate.
If deviated, the image may become dark or bright. Mode Camera
Mode Camera Subject Arbitrary
Subject Arbitrary Measurement Point Check on EVF screen
Measurement Point + Probe: Pin w; of CN007 (EVF BL+) Measuring Instrument
– Probe: Pin qj of CN007 (EVF BL–)
Adjustment Page D
Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter
Adjustment Address 97, 98
Adjustment Page D
Specified Value The EVF screen should not be
Adjustment Address 9C, 9D, 9E, 9F colored.
Specified Value BRIGHT mode : A=37.0 ± 1.5mVdc
NORMAL mode : A=22.0 ± 1.5mVdc Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.
If necessary, adjust them.
Note1: Perform the adjustment in the following order. 1. LCD panel
Note2: Adjust 30 seconds after running on the power supply. 2. Light induction plate
3. IC1802
Note2: Use the AC power adaptor.
Adjusting method:
1 0 01 01 Set the data. Order Page Address Data Procedure
2 D 9C F0 Set the data, and press PAUSE 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
button.
2 D 97 90 Set the data, and press PAUSE
3 D 9D F0 Set the data, and press PAUSE button.
button.
3 D 98 80 Set the data, and press PAUSE
4 D 9E 11 Set the data, and press PAUSE button.
button.
4 D 98 Check that the EVF screen is not
5 D 9F 1F Set the data, and press PAUSE colored. If not colored, proceed
button. to step 10.
6 D 9D Change the data and set the 5 D 97 Change the data so that the EVF
voltage difference (A) between screen is not colored.
Pin w; and Pin qj to the
6 D 97 Press PAUSE button.
specified value of BRIGHT
mode. 7 D 98 Change the data so that the EVF
(The data should be “C0” to screen is not colored.
“FF”.) 8 D 98 Press PAUSE button.
7 D 9D Press PAUSE button. 9 D 98 If the EVF screen is colored,
8 D 9C Set the same data as address: repeat steps 5 to 9.
9D. 10 0 01 00 Set the data.
9 D 9C Press PAUSE button.
10 D 9E Change the data and set the
voltage difference (A) between
Pin w; and Pin qj to the
specified value of NORMAL
mode.
(The data should be “00” to
“1F”.)
11 D 9E Press PAUSE button.
5-32
1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT 1. VCO Adjustment (PD-126 board)
Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen will
Note 1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage AC be blurred.
power supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder to Mode VTR stop
avoid electrical shock.
Note 2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damages Signal No signal
caused by static electricity. Measurement Point Pin 5 of CN2105 (HSY)
Measuring Instrument Frequency counter
[Adjusting connector]
Most of the measuring points for adjusting the LCD system are Adjustment Page D
concentrated in CN2105 of the PD-126 board. The following table Adjustment Address A2, A3
shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN2105. Specified Value f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)
Pin No. Signal Name f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)
1 VG
Note1: NTSC: DCR-VX2000
2 COM PAL: DCR-VX2000E
3 GND
4 PSIG Adjusting method:
5 HSY Order Page Address Data Procedure
Table 5-1-8. 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D A2 Change the data and set the
VCO frequency (f) to the
specified value.
CN2105 3 D A2 Press PAUSE button.
5 1 4 D A2 Read the data, and this data is
named DA2.
5 Convert DA2 to decimal notation,
and obtain DA2'. (Note2)
PD-126 board 6 Calculate DA3' using following
equations (Decimal calculation)
NTSC model:
When DA2' 221
DA3' = DA2' + 34
When DA2' > 221
DA3' = 255
PAL model:
When DA2' 34
DA3' = DA2' – 34
Fig. 5-1-20. When DA2' < 34
DA3' = 00
7 Convert DA3' to a hexadecimal
number, and obtain DA3. (Note2)
8 D A3 DA3 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Note2: Refer to “Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table”.
5-33
2. Bright Adjustment (PD-126 board) 3. Black Limit Adjustment (PD-126 board)
Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to the Set the dynamic range of the LCD driver to an appropriate level. If
specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish or saturated
or saturated (whitish). (whitish).
Mode VTR stop Mode VTR stop
Signal No signal Signal No signal
Measurement Point Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG) Measurement Point Pin 4 of CN2105 (PSIG)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page D Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address A5 Adjustment Address A6
Specified Value A = 7.8 ± 0.05V Specified Value A = 8.50 ± 0.05V

2 D A5 Change the data and set the 2 2 0E 61 Set the data.
voltage (A) between the reversed 3 2 0F Set the following data.
waveform pedestal and non- 5B: DCR-VX2000 (NTSC)
reversed waveform pedestal to 53: DCR-VX2000E (PAL)
the specified value.
4 D A6 Change the data and set the
3 D A5 Press PAUSE button. PSIG signal amplitude (A) to the
4 0 01 00 Set the data. specified value.
“0F”.)
5 D A6 Press PAUSE button.
Pedestal
6 2 0E 00 Set the data.
7 2 0F 00 Set the data.
2H Fig. 5-1-22.
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-21.
5-34
4. Contrast Adjustment (PD-126 board) 5. Center Level Adjustment (PD-126 board)
Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified Set the video signal center level of LCD panel to an appropriate
value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated level.
(whitish). Mode VTR stop
Mode VTR stop Signal No signal
Signal No signal Measurement Point Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG)
Measurement Point Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG) Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Page D Adjustment Address AB
Adjustment Address AA Specified Value A = 7.00 ± 0.05Vdc
Specified Value A = 3.10 ± 0.05V
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data Procedure
Order Page Address Data Procedure 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
1 0 01 01 Set the data. 2 3 0C 60 Set the data, and press PAUSE
2 D AA Change the data and set the button.
voltage (A) between the 3 steps 3 3 22 08 Set the data, and press PAUSE
peak and pedestal to the button.
specified value.
4 D AB Change the data and set the DC
voltage (A) to the specified
“7F”.)
value.
3 D AA Press PAUSE button. (The data should be “00” to
4 0 01 00 Set the data. “7F”.)
5 Check that the specified value of 5 D AB Press PAUSE button.
“Bright Adjustment” is satisfied. 6 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
button.
3 steps peak
2H
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-23.
5-35
6. V-COM Adjustment (PD-126 board) 7. White Balance Adjustment (PD-126 board)
Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to the Correct the white balance.
specified value. If deviated, the reproduction of the LCD screen may degenerate.
If deviated, the LCD display will move, producing flicker and Mode VTR stop
conspicuous vertical lines.
Signal No signal
Mode VTR stop
Measurement Point Check on LCD screen
Signal No signal
Measurement Point Check on LCD display
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address A8, A9
Adjustment Page D
Specified Value The LCD screen should not be
Adjustment Address A4 colored.
Specified Value The brightness difference between the
section A and section B is minimum. Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.
If necessary, adjust them.
Note: Perform “Bright Adjustment”, “Black Limit Adjustment”, “Contrast 1. LCD panel
Adjustment” and “Center Level Adjustment” before this adjustment. 2. Light induction plate
3. IC2101
Note2: Use the AC power adaptor.
Adjusting method:
1 0 01 01 Set the data. Order Page Address Data Procedure
2 D B0 Write down the data. 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 D B0 CA Set the data, and press PAUSE 2 D A8 85 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
4 D A4 Change the data so that the 3 D A9 75 Set the data, and press PAUSE
brightness of the section A and button.
that of the section B is equal.
4 D A9 Check that the LCD screen is
not colored. If not colored,
“BF”.)
proceed to step 10.
5 D A4 Subtract 2 from the data.
5 D A8 Change the data so that the LCD
6 D A4 Press PAUSE button. screen is not colored.
7 D B0 Write the data that was written 6 D A8 Press PAUSE button.
down in the step 2.
7 D A9 Change the data so that the LCD
8 D B0 Press PAUSE button. screen is not colored.
9 0 01 00 Set the data. 8 D A9 Press PAUSE button.
9 D A9 If the LCD screen is colored,
repeat steps 5 to 9.
B A
A B
B A
A B
Fig. 5-1-24.
5-36
5-2. MECHANISM SECTION
ADJUSTMENT
On the mechanism section adjustment 2-3. TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT
For details of mechanism section adjustments, checks,
and replacement of mechanism parts, refer to the separate 1. Preparation for Adjustment
volume “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL 1) Clean the tape running side (tape guide, drum, capstan shaft,
C Mechanism ”. pinch roller, etc.).
2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.
2-1. HOW TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUT 3) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
CASSETTE to the ON position.
4) Connect an oscilloscope to VC-242 board CN007 via the CPC-
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack. 13 jig (J-6082-443-A).
2) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander Channel 1: VC-242 board, CN007 Pin 2 (Note)
to the ON position. External trigger: VC-242 board, CN007 Pin 3
3) Close the cassette compartment without the cassette. Note: Connect a 75 Ω resistor between pins 2 of CN007 and 1
4) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 0C, and press the PAUSE (GND).
75 Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)
5) Playback the alignment tape for tracking. (XH2-1)
(The mechanism enters the record mode automatically.)
Note: The function buttons become inoperable. 6) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 08.
5) To quit the record mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 7) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 31.
00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote 8) Check that the oscilloscope RF waveform is normal at the
commander. (Whenever you want to quit the record mode, be entrance and exit.
sure to quit following this procedure.) If not normal, adjust according to the separate volume
“DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL
2-2. HOW TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODE C Mechanism ” .
WITHOUT CASSETTE
CN007 of VC-242 board
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack. Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name
2) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander 1 GND 11 H START
to the ON position. 2 RF MON 12 XHD/PSIG
3) Close the cassette compartment without the cassette. 3 SWP 13 EVF VB
4) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 0B, and press the PAUSE 4 RF IN/LANC JACK IN 14 EVF VR
5 TDO 15 EVF VCO
(The mechanism enters the playback mode automatically.)
Note: The function buttons become inoperable. 6 GND 16 GND
5) To quit the playback mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 7 TCK 17 EVF BL –
00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote 8 TDI 18 EVF VG
commander. (Whenever you want to quit the playback mode, 9 PANEL COM 19 LANC SIG
be sure to quit following this procedure.)
10 TMS 20 EVF BL +
2. Procedure after operations

1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack
and set the HOLD switch to the ON position.
Entrance side Check this section Exit side

(Normal waveform)
CH1
CH2
(Trigger) 3.3msec
Fig. 5-2-1.
5-37
5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENTS
NTSC model : DCR-VX2000

PAL model : DCR-VX2000E
3-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS
Use the following measuring instruments for video section

adjustments.
3-1-1. Equipment Required
1) TV monitor
2) Oscilloscope (dual-phenomenon, band above 30 MHz with
delay mode) (Unless specified otherwise, use a 10 : 1 probe.)
3) Frequency counter
4) Pattern generator with video output terminal.
5) Digital voltmeter
6) Audio generator
7) Audio level meter
8) Audio distortion meter
9) Audio attenuator
10) Regulated power supply
11) Alignment tapes
• Tracking standard (XH2-1)
Parts code: 8-967-997-01
• SW/OL standard (XH2-3)
Parts code: 8-967-997-11
• Audio operation check for NTSC (XH5-3)
Parts code: 8-967-997-51
• System operation check for NTSC (XH5-5)
Parts code: 8-967-997-61
• BIST check for NTSC (XH5-6)
Parts code: 8-967-997-71
• Audio operation check for PAL (XH5-3P)
Parts code: 8-967-997-55
• System operation check for PAL (XH5-5P)
Parts code: 8-967-997-66
• BIST check for PAL (XH5-6P)
Parts code: 8-967-997-76
12) Adjustment remote commander (J-6082-053-B)
13) CPC-13 jig (J-6082-443-A)
14) Extension cable (50P, 0.5 mm)
For extension between the CD-254 board (CN100) and the VC-
242 board (CN025) (J-6082-496-A)
5-38
3-1-2. Precautions on Adjusting
1) The adjustments of this unit are performed in the VTR mode Note 1: Setting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode (VTR mode)
or camera mode. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
To set to the VTR mode, set the power switch to “VCR” (or 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02, and press the PAUSE
“PLAYER”) or set the “Forced VTR Power ON mode” using
The above procedure will enable the VTR power to be turned on
the adjustment remote commander (Note 1). with the control switch block (CF-4980) removed.
To set to the Camera mode, set the power switch to “CAMERA” After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced Power
or set the “Forced Camera Power ON mode” using the ON mode”.
adjustment remote commander (Note 2). Note 2: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode (Camera mode)
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced VTR 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
Power ON Mode” or “Forced Camera Power ON Mode”. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
(Note 3) button of the adjustment remote commander.
The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turned
2) The handle block (Microphone unit, Microphone amplifier,
on with the control switch block (CF-4980) removed.
remote commander receiver, VTR function key) need not be After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced Power
connected except during “Battery End Adjustment” and “Audio ON mode”.
adjustments”. To remove, disconnect the following connector. Note 3: Setting the “Forced Memory Power ON” mode (Memory mode)
FK-076 board CN501 (36P, 0.8mm) 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
3) By setting the “Forced VTR Power ON mode” or “Forced 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 05, and press the PAUSE
Camera Power ON mode”, the video section can be operate button of the adjustment remote commander.
even if the cabinet (L) (Control switch block (CF-4980)) has The above procedure will enable the memory power to be turned
on with the control switch block (CF-4980) removed.
been removed. When removing the cabinet (L) disconnect the
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced Power
following connector. ON mode”.
VC-242 board CN009 (14P, 0.5mm) Note 4: Exiting the “Forced Power ON” mode
4) Cabinet (R) (CK-93board, LCD block) need not be connected. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
But removing the cabinet (R) (removing the VC-242 board 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
CN008) means removing the lithium 3V power supply (CK- button of the adjustment remote commander.
093 board, BT250) , data such as date, time, user-set menus 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
will be lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data. If
the cabinet (R) has been removed, the self-diagnosis data, data
on history of use (total drum rotation time etc.) will be lost.
Before removing, note down the self-diagnosis data and the
data on the history use (data of page: 2, address: A2 to AA).
(Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION” for the self-
diagnosis data, and to “5-4.Service Mode” for the data on the
history use.)
To remove the cabinet (R), disconnect the following connector.
VC-242 board CN008 (50P, 0.5mm)
5) The viewfinder (LB-065 board) is need not be connected. To
remove it, disconnect the following connector.
VC-242 board CN8612 (27P, 0.3mm)
6) The FP-200 (flexible) is need not be connected. To remove it,
disconnect the following connectors.
VC-242 board CN004 (10P, 0.5mm)
LA-026 board CN053 (27P, 0.5mm)
7) The LA-026 board is need not be connected. To remove it,
disconnect the following connectors.
VC-242 board CN023 (80P, 0.5mm)
8) The CD-254 board of the lens block is need not be connected.
To remove it, disconnect the following connectors.
VC-242 board CN025 (50P, 0.5mm)
5-39
3-1-3. Adjusting Connectors
Some of the adjusting points of the video section are concentrated
at VC-242 board CN007. Connect the measuring instruments via
CN007
the CPC-13 jig (J-6082-443-A). The following table lists the pin
numbers and signal names of CN007. 20
Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name
1 GND 11 H START
2 RF MON 12 XHD/PSIG 1
3 SWP 13 EVF VB
4 RF IN/LANC JACK IN 14 EVF VR
5 TDO 15 EVF VCO
6 GND 16 GND
7 TCK 17 EVF BL –
8 TDI 18 EVF VG
9 PANEL COM 19 LANC SIG
10 TMS 20 EVF BL +
Table 5-3-1.
Remove the CPC cover
3-1-4. Connecting the Equipment Fig. 5-3-1

Connect the measuring instruments as shown in Fig. 5-3-2, and
perform the adjustments.
TV monitor
Main unit
Adjustment
remote
commander
LANC jack VIDEO jack
Fig. 5-3-2.
5-40
3-1-5. Alignment Tapes
Use the alignment tapes shown in the following table.
Use tapes specified in the signal column of each adjustment.
Name Use
Tracking standard (XH2-1) Tape path adjustment
SW/OL standard (XH2-3) Switching position adjustment
Audio operation check
Audio system adjustment
(XH5-3 (NTSC), XH5-3P (PAL))
System operation check
Operation check
BIST check
BIST check
Fig. 5-3-3 shows the 75% color bar signals recorded on the alignment
tape for Audio Operation Check.
Note: Measure with video terminal (Terminated at 75 Ω)
For NTSC model

White (100%)
Yellow
Cyan
Magenta
Green
White (75%)
Magenta
Red
White
Burst signal
Blue
Yellow
Green
Cyan
Red
Blue
0.714V
(75%)
1V
0.286V
0.286V Q I Black
Q I
White
(100%)
Horizontal sync signal
Color bar signal waveform Color bar pattern
For PAL model

White (100%)
Yellow
Green
Cyan
Magenta
Red
Blue
0.7V
Magenta
Green
Yellow
1V
Cyan
White
Red
Blue
Black
0.3V
0.3V (100%)
Burst signal
Horizontal sync signal
Color bar signal waveform Color bar pattern
Fig. 5-3-3. Color bar signal of alignment tapes
3-1-6. Input/Output Level and Impedance

Video input/output Audio input/output
Phono jack Phono jack
Video signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω unbalanced, Input level: 327mV
sync negative Input impedance: More than 47kΩ
S video input/output Output level: 327 mV (at load impedance 47 kΩ)
4-pin mini DIN Output impedance: Below 2.2 kΩ
Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω unbalanced,
sync negative
Chrominance signal: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 Ω unbalanced (NTSC)
: 0.300 Vp-p, 75 Ω unbalanced (PAL)
5-41
3-2. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT 2-2. Serial No. Input
Write the serial No. and model code in the EEPROM (nonvolatile
1. Initialization of B, C, D, E, F, 8 Page Data memory). Convert the serial No. on the name plate from decimal to
If the B, C, D, E, F, 8 page data is erased due to some reason, perform hexadecimal, and write in the EEPROM.
“1-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, C, D, E, F, 8 PAGE DATA”, of “5- Page C
1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT” Address ED, EE, EF
2. Serial No. Input Input method:
2-1. Company ID Input 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
Write the company ID in the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory). 2) Read the serial No. on the name plate, and take it as D1.
Page C Example: If the serial No. is 77881.
Address E8, E9, EA, EB, EC D1=77881
3) Obtain D2 and H1 corresponding to D1 from Table 5-3-2.
Input method: Example: If D1 is “77881”.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. D2=D1–65536=12345
2) Input the following data to page: C, addresses: E8 to EC. H1=FE
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander H1 (Hexadecimal)
each time to set the data. D1 (Decimal) D2 (Decimal)
(Service model code)
Address Data 000001 to 065535 D1 FE
E8 08 065536 to 131071 D1–65536 FE
E9 00 131072 to 196607 D1–131072 FE
EA 46 Table 5-3-2.
EB 01
EC 01 4) Input H1 to page: C, address: ED. (Model code input)
Example: If H1 is “FE”.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. Select page: C, address: ED, set data: FE, and
press the PAUSE button.
5) Obtain the maximum decimal not exceeding D2 from Table 5-
3-3, and take this as D3.
Example: If D2 is “12345”.
D3=12288
6) Obtain the hexadecimal corresponding to D3 from Table 5-3-3,
and take this as H3.
H3=3000
7) Obtain the difference D4 between D 2 and D 3. (Decimal
calculation, 0 D4 255)
D4= D2–D3
Example: If D2 is “12345” and D3 is “12288”.
D4=12345–12288=57
8) Convert D4 to hexadecimal, and take this as H4.
(Refer to “Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table” in “5-4.
Service Mode”.)
H4=39
9) Input the upper 2 digits of H3 to page: C, address: EE.
Example: If H3 is “3000”.
Select page: C, address: EE, set data: 30, and
10) Input H4 to page: C, address: EF.
Example: If H4 is “39”.
Select page: C, address: EF, set data: 39, and
5-42
Hexa- Hexa- Hexa- Hexa- Hexa- Hexa- Hexa- Hexa-
Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal
(D3) (H3) (D3) (H3) (D3) (H3) (D3) (H3) (D3) (H3) (D3) (H3) (D3) (H3) (D3) (H3)
0 0000 8192 2000 16384 4000 24576 6000 32768 8000 40960 A000 49152 C000 57344 E000
256 0100 8448 2100 16640 4100 24832 6100 33024 8100 41216 A100 49408 C100 57600 E100
512 0200 8704 2200 16896 4200 25088 6200 33280 8200 41472 A200 49664 C200 57856 E200
768 0300 8960 2300 17152 4300 25344 6300 33536 8300 41728 A300 49920 C300 58112 E300
1024 0400 9216 2400 17408 4400 25600 6400 33792 8400 41984 A400 50176 C400 58368 E400
1280 0500 9472 2500 17664 4500 25856 6500 34048 8500 42240 A500 50432 C500 58624 E500
1536 0600 9728 2600 17920 4600 26112 6600 34304 8600 42496 A600 50688 C600 58880 E600
1792 0700 9984 2700 18176 4700 26368 6700 34560 8700 42752 A700 50944 C700 59136 E700
2048 0800 10240 2800 18432 4800 26624 6800 34816 8800 43008 A800 51200 C800 59392 E800
2304 0900 10496 2900 18688 4900 26880 6900 35072 8900 43264 A900 51456 C900 59648 E900
2560 0A00 10752 2A00 18944 4A00 27136 6A00 35328 8A00 43520 AA00 51712 CA00 59904 EA00
2816 0B00 11008 2B00 19200 4B00 27392 6B00 35584 8B00 43776 AB00 51968 CB00 60160 EB00
3072 0C00 11264 2C00 19456 4C00 27648 6C00 35840 8C00 44032 AC00 52224 CC00 60416 EC00
3328 0D00 11520 2D00 19712 4D00 27904 6D00 36096 8D00 44288 AD00 52480 CD00 60672 ED00
3584 0E00 11776 2E00 19968 4E00 28160 6E00 36352 8E00 44544 AE00 52736 CE00 60928 EE00
3840 0F00 12032 2F00 20224 4F00 28416 6F00 36608 8F00 44800 AF00 52992 CF00 61184 EF00
4096 1000 12288 3000 20480 5000 28672 7000 36864 9000 45056 B000 53248 D000 61440 F000
4352 1100 12544 3100 20736 5100 28928 7100 37120 9100 45312 B100 53504 D100 61696 F100
4608 1200 12800 3200 20992 5200 29184 7200 37376 9200 45568 B200 53760 D200 61952 F200
4864 1300 13056 3300 21248 5300 29440 7300 37632 9300 45824 B300 54016 D300 62208 F300
5120 1400 13312 3400 21504 5400 29696 7400 37888 9400 46080 B400 54272 D400 62464 F400
5376 1500 13568 3500 21760 5500 29952 7500 38144 9500 46336 B500 54528 D500 62720 F500
5632 1600 13824 3600 22016 5600 30208 7600 38400 9600 46592 B600 54784 D600 62976 F600
5888 1700 14080 3700 22272 5700 30464 7700 38656 9700 46848 B700 55040 D700 63232 F700
6144 1800 14336 3800 22528 5800 30720 7800 38912 9800 47104 B800 55296 D800 63488 F800
6400 1900 14592 3900 22784 5900 30976 7900 39168 9900 47360 B900 55552 D900 63744 F900
6656 1A00 14848 3A00 23040 5A00 31232 7A00 39424 9A00 47616 BA00 55808 DA00 64000 FA00
6912 1B00 15104 3B00 23296 5B00 31488 7B00 39680 9B00 47872 BB00 56064 DB00 64256 FB00
7168 1C00 15360 3C00 23552 5C00 31744 7C00 39936 9C00 48128 BC00 56320 DC00 64512 FC00
7424 1D00 15616 3D00 23808 5D00 32000 7D00 40192 9D00 48384 BD00 56576 DD00 64768 FD00
7680 1E00 15872 3E00 24064 5E00 32256 7E00 40448 9E00 48640 BE00 56832 DE00 65024 FE00
7936 1F00 16128 3F00 24320 5F00 32512 7F00 40704 9F00 48896 BF00 57088 DF00 65280 FF00
Table 5-3-3.
5-43
3. Battery End Adjustment
Set the battery end voltage.
If the voltage is incorrect, the life of the battery will shorten.
The image at the battery end will also be rough.
Mode Camera recording
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Display data of page: 2, address: 5D
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 48 to 4C
Switch setting
1) AUTO FOCUS ................................................................. OFF
Connection:
1) Connect the regulated power supply and the digital voltmeter
to the battery terminal as shown in Fig. 5-3-4.
Preparations before adjustments:

1) Adjust the output voltage of the regulated power supply so that
the digital voltmeter display is 6.1 ± 0.1Vdc.
2) Turn off the power supply.
3) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote
commander.
4) Turn on the power supply.
5) Load a cassette, and set to the camera recording mode.
Adjusting method:
2 Decrease the output voltage of
the regulated power supply so
that the digital voltmeter display Regulated power supply
is 5.50 ± 0.01Vdc.
+
3 2 5D Read the data, and this data is
named Dref. 5.5 ± 0.01 Vdc
4 D 48 Dref Set the data, and press PAUSE +
button.
5 Convert Dref to decimal
notation, and obtain Dref'. +
(Note1)
Digital volt meter
6 Calculate D49', D4A', D4B' and D4C'
using following equations. Fig. 5-3-4.
(decimal calculation)
D49' =Dref' + 7
D4A' =Dref' + 25
D4B' =Dref' + 29
D4C' =Dref' + 37
7 Convert D49', D4A', D4B' and D4C'
to decimal notation, and obtain
D49, D4A, D4B and D4C. (Note1)
8 D 49 D49 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
9 D 4A D4A Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
10 D 4B D4B Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
11 D 4C D4C Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Note1: Refer to Table 5-4-1. “Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table” of

“5-4.Service mode”.
5-44
3-3. SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT 2. T reel FG Duty Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Before perform the servo and RF system adjustments, check that Adjust the take-up reel FG signal duty cycle to an appropriate value
the specified value of “27 MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment” of so that the correct T-reel FG signal is obtained.
“CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” is satisfied. Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03
Adjusting Procedure:
1. Cap FG duty adjustment Adjustment Page C
2. T-reel FG duty adjustment Adjustment Address 17
3. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adjustment Specified Value 00
4. Switching position adjustment
5. AGC center level Adjusting method:
6. APC & AEQ adjustment Order Page Address Data Procedure
7. PLL f0 & LPF f0 final adjustment
1 Close the cassette compartment
1. Cap FG Duty Adjustment (VC-242 Board) without inserting a cassette.
Set the Cap FG signal duty cycle to 50% to establish an appropriate 2 0 01 01 Set the data.
capstan servo. If deviated, the uneven rotation of capstan and noise 3 3 01 1C Set the data, and press PAUSE
can occur. button.
Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03 4 3 02 Check that the data changes in
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander the following order.
Adjustment Page C “1C” → “2C” → “00”
Adjustment Address 16 5 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.
(Note)
Specified Value 00
Adjusting method:
Note: If the data is “02”, adjustment has errors or the mechanism deck is
Order Page Address Data Procedure defective.
without inserting a cassette. 3. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
3 3 01 1B Set the data, and press PAUSE Mode VTR stop
button. Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03
4 3 02 Check that the data changes in Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
the following order. Adjustment Page C
“1B” → “2B” → “00”
Adjustment Address 1F, 20, 22, 29
5 3 03 Check that the data is “00”. Specified Value Bit2, bit3 and bit6 are “0”
(Note)
6 0 01 00 Set the data. Adjusting method:
Note: If the data is “01”, adjustment has errors or the mechanism deck is
defective. 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
button.
“00”.
(Note)
Note: If the data is other than “00”, there are errors.

For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit values,
refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit value discrimination”.)
Bit value of page: 3, Error contents

address: 03 data
bit 4 = 1 PLL f0 even channel is defective
bit 5 = 1 PLL f0 odd channel is defective
bit 6 = 1 LPF f0 is defective
bit 3 = 1 PLL f0 final adjustment is defective
bit 2 = 1 PLL f0 final adjustment time-out
5-45
4. Switching Position Adjustment (VC-242 Board) 5. AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment
Mode VTR playback 5-1. Preparations before adjustments

Signal SW/OL reference tape (XH2-3) Mode Camera recording
Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03 Subject Arbitrary
Adjusting method:
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 10, 11, 12, 13
Specified Value 00
2 Record the camera signal for
three minutes.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure 5-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
1 Insert the SW/OL reference tape Mode Playback
and enter the VTR STOP mode.
Signal Recorded signal at “Preparations
2 0 01 01 Set the data. before adjustments”
3 3 21 Check that the data is “02”. Measurement Point Pin 2 of CN007 (RF MON) (Note 1)
(Note1) Ext. trigger: Pin 3 of CN007 (SWP)
4 3 01 0D Set the data, and press PAUSE Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
button.
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 1E
“00”.
Specified Value The data of page: 3, address: 03 is
“00”
(Note2)
7 0 01 00 Set the data. Note 1: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pin 2 and Pin 1 (GND) of
CN007.
Note1: If the data of page: 3, address: 21 is “72”, the tape top being played. 75Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)
After playing the tape for 1 to 2 seconds, stop it, perform step 4
and higher. Adjusting method:
Note2: If bit 0 of the data is “1”, the even channel is defective. If bit 1 is
“1”, the odd channel is defective. Contents of the defect is written Order Page Address Data Procedure
into page: C, addresses: 10 and 12. See the following table. (For 1 Playback the recorded signal at
the bit values, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit value “Preparations before
discrimination”.) adjustments”
When the even channel is defective
Data of page: C, Contents of defect
4 Confirm that the playback RF
address: 10
signal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-5.)
EE Writing into EEPROM (IC502) is defective
E8 Adjustment data is out of range button.
E7 No data is returned from IC301 (CAIN) 6 3 02 Check that the data is “00”.
When the odd channel is defective
(Note2)
Data of page: C, Contents of defect
8 Perform “APC & AEQ
address: 12 Adjustment”.
EE Writing into EEPROM (IC502) is defective
E8 Adjustment data is out of range Note2: If the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than “00”, adjustment
has errors. (Take an appropriate remedial measures according to
E7 No data is returned from IC301 (CAIN) the errors referring to the following table.)
PB RF signal is stable
Data Contents of defect
20 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3)
30 The machine is defective
Pin 2 40 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3)
Note 3: If this data is displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.
Pin 3
6.7 msec
Fig. 5-3-5.
5-46
5-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-242 Board) 6. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Final Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Mode Playback Mode VTR stop

Signal Recorded signal at “Preparations Signal Arbitrary
before adjustments” Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03
Measurement Point Pin 2 of CN007 (RF MON) (Note 1) Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Ext. trigger: Pin 3 of CN007 (SWP)
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 1F, 20, 22, 29
Adjustment Page C
Specified Value Bit2, bit3 and bit6 are “0”
Adjustment Address 18, 19, 1B, 1C, 21, 2C
Specified Value The data of page: 3, address: 03 is Adjusting method:
“00” Order Page Address Data Procedure
Note 1: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pin 2 and Pin 1 (GND) of
CN007. 2 3 01 30 Set the data, and press PAUSE
75Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11) button.
Note 2: The “AGC Center Level Adjustment” must have already been
completed before starting this adjustment.
“00”.
Adjusting method: 4 3 03 Check that bit2, bit3 and bit6 of
the data are “0”. (Note)
1 Playback the recorded signal at
“Preparations before
Note: If bit2, bit3 or bit 6 of the data is “1”, there are errors.
adjustments” For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit values,
2 0 01 01 Set the data. refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit value discrimination”.)
4 Confirm that the playback RF Bit value of page: 3, Error contents
signal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-6.) address: 03
5 3 01 07 Set the data, and press PAUSE bit 4 = 1 PLL f0 even channel is defective
button. bit 5 = 1 PLL f0 odd channel is defective
6 3 02 Check that the data changes bit 6 = 1 LPF f0 is defective
from “07” to “00” in about 20
bit 3 = 1 PLL f0 final adjustment is defective
seconds after pressing PAUSE
button. bit 2 = 1 PLL f0 final adjustment time-out
(Note3)
8 Perform “Processing after
Completing Adjustments”.
Note3: If the data is other than “00”, adjustment has errors. Take an
appropriate remedial measures according to the errors referring to
the following table.
Data Contents of defect

Note 4: If this data is displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.

PB RF signal is stable
5-4. Processing after Completing Adjustments
Pin 2
Pin 3
6.7 msec
Fig. 5-3-6.
5-47
3-4. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS 2. S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Before perform the video system adjustments, check that the
specified value of “27MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment” of Mode Camera
“CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” is satisfied. Subject Arbitrary
3-4-1. Base Band Block Adjustments Measurement Point Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack
(75Ω terminated)
1. Chroma BPF f0 Adjustment (VC-242 Board) Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Set the center frequency of IC1301 chroma band-pass filter. Adjustment Page C
Mode Camera Adjustment Address 25
Subject All black Specified Value A = 1000 ± 14mV
(Cover the lens with the lens cap)
Measurement Point CH1: Chroma signal terminal of Adjusting method:
S VIDEO jack (75Ω terminated) Order Page Address Data Procedure
CH2: Y signal terminal of S VIDEO 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
jack (75Ω terminated)
2 2 35 Note down the data.
Adjustment Page C
4 3 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSE
Adjustment Address 28 button.
Specified Value A = 100mVp-p or less 5 C 25 Change the data and set the Y
B = 200mVp-p or more signal level (A) to the specified
value.
Adjusting method:
6 C 25 Press PAUSE button.
1 0 01 01 Set the data. button.
2 Check that the burst signal (B) is 8 2 35 Set the data that is noted down at
output to the chroma signal step 2.
terminal of S VIDEO jack.
button.
4 C 28 Change the data for minimum
amplitude of the burst signal Center of luminance line
level (A).
“07”.)
5 C 28 Press PAUSE button. A
button.
7 Check that the burst signal level
(B) satisfies the specified value.
H
Fig. 5-3-8.
When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 04:
A
CH1
CH2
When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 00:
CH1 B
H
Fig. 5-3-7.
5-48
3. S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment 4. VIDEO OUT Y, Chroma Level Check (VC-242 Board)
(VC-242 Board)
Mode Camera
Mode Camera Subject Arbitrary
Subject Arbitrary Measurement Point VIDEO jack (75Ω terminated)
Measurement Point Chroma signal terminal of S VIDEO Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
jack (75Ω terminated)
Specified Value Sync level: A = 286 ± 18mV(NTSC)
External trigger: Y signal terminal of
A = 300 ± 18mV(PAL)
S VIDEO jack
Burst level: B = 286 ± 18mV(NTSC)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope B = 300 ± 18mV(PAL)
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 26, 27 Adjusting method:
Specified Value Cr level: A = 714 ± 14mV(NTSC) Order Page Address Data Procedure
A = 700 ± 14mV(PAL) 1 2 35 Note down the data.
Cb level: B = 714 ± 14mV(NTSC) 2 2 35 01 Set the data.
B = 700 ± 14mV(PAL)
Burst level: C = 286 ± 6mV(NTSC)
button.
C = 300 ± 6mV(PAL)
4 Check that the sync signal level
Adjusting method: (A) satisfies the specified value.
Order Page Address Data Procedure 5 Check that the burst signal level
(B) satisfies the specified value.
2 2 35 Note down the data.
button.
7 2 35 Set the data that is noted down at
4 3 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSE step 1.
button.
5 C 26 Change the data and set the Cr
signal level (A) to the specified
value.
7 C 27 Change the data and set the Cb
signal level (B) to the specified
value.
9 Check that the burst signal level
B
(C) is satisfied the specified value.
10 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE A
button.
11 2 35 Set the data that is noted down at H
step 2. Fig. 5-3-10.
A B
0.28 µsec (NTSC) 0.28 µsec (NTSC)

0.23 µsec (PAL) 0.23 µsec (PAL)
Fig. 5-3-9.
5-49
3-4-2. BIST Check 1-3. IC301 AUD (ABUS) PB BIST Check
Switch setting:
LCD panel ...................................................................... Open
button.
1. Playback System Check 2 3 12 08 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
1-1. Preparations for Playback 3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
1 Set the POWER switch to VCR 4 3 13 03 Set the data, and press PAUSE
position. button.
2 Connect the adjustment remote 5 3 14 Check that the data is the
commander and set the HOLD following value.
switch to ON (SERVICE) NTSC model: 41
position. PAL model: 2D
3 0 01 01 Set the data. 6 3 15 Check that the data is the
following value.
4 C 42 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
NTSC model: 81
button.
PAL model: 7C
5 Playback the BIST check tape.
7 3 If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
AUD (ABUS) playback system
Note1: Perform the following checks in the playback mode.
Note2: Use the AC power adaptor or the battery (Info LITHIUM L series). is normal.
1-2. IC301 TRX (RF) PB BIST Check 1-4. IC301 VFD PB BIST Check
• EX Y BIST Check
button.
button.
3 3 73 Check that the data is equal to
either of the following values. 3 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSE
And memorize the case number button.
of the value. 4 3 14 Check that the data is the
NTSC model: following value.
63 (Case1), C5 (Case2), NTSC model: FB
75 (Case3), D3 (Case4), PAL model: 54
59 (Case5), FF (Case6) 5 3 15 Check that the data is the
PAL model: following value.
86 (Case1), AA (Case2), NTSC model: F4
90 (Case3) PAL model: ED
4 3 74 Check that the data is equal to 6 3 If the data of address 14 and
the following value which case address 15 are correct, IC301
number is equal to that of EX Y playback system is
address 73. normal.
NTSC model:
84 (Case1), 55 (Case2),
07 (Case3), D6 (Case4),
01 (Case5), D0 (Case6)
PAL model:
35 (Case1), 33 (Case2),
B6 (Case3)
TRX (RF) playback system is
normal.
5-50
• EVF Y BIST Check • EVF Cb BIST Check
1 3 10 88 Set the data, and press PAUSE 1 3 10 8A Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
button. button.
button. button.
button. button.
5 3 14 Check that the data is the 5 3 14 Check that the data is the
following value. following value.
NTSC model: 9B NTSC model: A9
PAL model: 20 PAL model: AA
NTSC model: C3 NTSC model: 39
PAL model: F8 PAL model: 03
7 3 If the data of address 14 and 7 3 If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301 address 15 are correct, IC301
EVF Y playback system is EVF Cb playback system is
normal. normal.
• EVF Cr BIST Check • PANEL Y BIST Check

button. button.
button. button.
button. button.
button. button.
NTSC model: 2E NTSC model: 9B
PAL model: 33 PAL model: 20
NTSC model: 34 NTSC model: C3
PAL model: DD PAL model: F8
7 3 If the data of address 14 and 7 3 If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301 address 15 are correct, IC301
EVF Cr playback system is PANEL Y playback system is
normal. normal.
5-51
• PANEL Cr BIST Check 1-5. IC301 ENCODER BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure • Preparations
button. 1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSE 2 8 21 0F Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. button.
button. • ENCODER Ya BIST Check
button. 1 3 10 8B Set the data, and press PAUSE
5 3 14 Check that the data is the button.
following value. 2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSE
NTSC model: 2E button.
PAL model: 33 3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
NTSC model: 34 button.
PAL model: DD
5 3 14 Check that the data is the
7 3 If the data of address 14 and following value.
address 15 are correct, IC301 NTSC model: FD
PANEL Cr playback system is PAL model: 58
normal.
following value.
• PANEL Cb BIST Check
NTSC model: 3E
Order Page Address Data Procedure PAL model: BE
1 3 10 9A Set the data, and press PAUSE 7 3 If the data of address 14 and
button. address 15 are correct, IC301
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSE ENCORDER Ya playback
button. system is normal.
button. • ENCODER Yb BIST Check
button. 1 3 10 8C Set the data, and press PAUSE
NTSC model: A9 button.
PAL model: AA 3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
NTSC model: 39 button.
PAL model: 03
7 3 If the data of address 14 and following value.
address 15 are correct, IC301 NTSC model: 94
PANEL Cb playback system is PAL model: A1
normal.
following value.
NTSC model: D6
PAL model: ED
ENCORDER Yb playback
system is normal.
5-52
• ENCODER Ca BIST Check 1-6. Processing after Completing Playback System
Order Page Address Data Procedure Check
1 3 10 8D Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. Order Page Address Data Procedure
button. 2 C 42 0A Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. 4 0 01 00 Set the data.
5 3 14 Check that the data is equal to 5 Turn off the power and turn on
either of the following values. again.
And memorize the case number
of the value.
NTSC model:
11 (Case1), 4E (Case2)
PAL model:
E8 (Case1), 7B (Case2)
the following value which case
number is equal to that of
address 14.
NTSC model:
FD (Case1), 3B (Case2)
PAL model:
62 (Case1), B0 (Case2)
ENCODER Ca playback system
is normal.
• ENCODER Cb BIST Check

1 3 10 8E Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
button.
button.
button.
either of the following values.
of the value.
NTSC model:
5C (Case1), BC (Case2)
PAL model:
96 (Case1), 35 (Case2)
address 14.
NTSC model:
20 (Case1), A8 (Case2)
PAL model:
79 (Case1), 7C (Case2)
ENCODER Cb playback system
is normal.
5-53
2. Recording System Check
2-1. Preparations for recording 2-3. Processing after Completing Recording System
Check
1 Playback the BIST check tape. Order Page Address Data Procedure
(XH5-6(NTSC), XH5-6P(PAL)) 1 3 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
2 3 10 C0 Set the data, and press PAUSE button.
button. 2 Turn off the power and turn on
3 3 11 07 Set the data, and press PAUSE again.
button.
4 Enter the stop mode.
5 While keep the HOLD switch of
the adjustment remote
commander at ON (SERVICE)
position, eject the BIST check
tape.
without inserting a cassette.
7 Set the power switch to
“CAMERA”.
8 3 01 0C Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
2-2. IC301 TRX (RF) REC BIST Check

button.
button.
either of the following values.
of the value.
NTSC model:
26 (Case1), 5E (Case2)
PAL model:
53 (Case1), 77 (Case2)
address 71.
NTSC model:
95 (Case1), E3 (Case2)
PAL model:
DF (Case1), D5 (Case2)
TRX (RF) recording system is
normal.
5-54
3-5. AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Switch setting:
MIC/LINE .............................................................................. MIC
MIC LEVEL (Menu) ........................................................... AUTO
[Connection of Audio System Measuring Devices]

Connect the audio system measuring devices as shown in Fig. 5-3-11.
Recording (Camera mode) Main unit
MIC
Audio oscillator 600 Ω Left
Attenuator Right
600 Ω: 270 Ω (1-249-410-11) + 330 Ω (1-249-411-11)
Playback
Main unit
TV monitor
Video jack
Video
Audio jack
L Audio level meter
47k Ω or Distortion meter
R
47k Ω
47k Ω (1-249-437-11)
Fig. 5-3-11.
5-55
1. Playback Level Check 4. Overall Noise Level Check
Mode VTR playback Mode Camera recording and playback
Signal Alignment tape: Signal No signal: Insert a shorting plug in the
For audio operation check MIC jack
(XH5-3 (NTSC)) Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIO
(XH5-3P (PAL)) jack
Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIO Measuring Instrument Audio level meter
jack
Specified Value Below –45dBs
Measuring Instrument Audio level meter and frequency (IHF-A filter ON, 20kHz LPF ON)
counter
Specified Value 32 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +2.2 ± 2.0dBs Checking Method:
48 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +2.2 ± 2.0dBs 1) Insert a shorting plug in the MIC jack.
44.1 kHz mode: 2) Record in the camera mode.
The 7.35kHz signal level during EMP 3) Playback the recorded section.
OFF is +2.2 ± 2.0dBs. 4) Check that the noise level is the specified value.
The 7.35kHz signal level during EMP
ON is –6.2 ± 2 dB from the signal 5. Overall Separation Check
level during EMP OFF. Mode Camera recording and playback
Signal 400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack
Checking Method:
<right> [left]
1) Check that the playback signal level is the specified value.
(Connect the MIC jack <left> [right]
to GND)
2. Overall Level Characteristics Check
Measurement Point Audio <left> [right] terminal of
Mode Camera recording and playback
AUDIO jack
Signal 400Hz, –66 dBs signal: MIC jack left
Measuring Instrument Audio level meter
and right
Specified Value Below –40dBs (IHF-A filter ON)
Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIO
jack
< > : Left channel check
Measuring Instrument Audio level meter [ ] : Right channel check
Specified Value –7.5 ± 3.0dBs
Checking Method:
Checking Method: 1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the <right> [left] terminal
1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack. of the MIC jack only.
2) Record in the camera mode. 2) Record in the camera mode.
3) Playback the recorded section. 3) Playback the recorded section.
4) Check that the 400Hz signal level is the specified value. 4) Check that the signal level of the audio <left> [right] terminal
is the specified value.
3. Overall Distortion Check
Mode Camera recording and playback
Signal 400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack left
and right
Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIO
jack
Measuring Instrument Audio distortion meter
Specified Value Below 0.4%
(200Hz to 6kHz BPF ON)
Checking Method:
1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack.
2) Record in the camera mode.
3) Playback the recorded section.
4) Check that the distortion is the specified value.
5-56
5-4. SERVICE MODE
4-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER 2. Precautions upon using
The adjustment remote commander is used for changing the the adjustment remote commander
calculation coefficient in signal processing, EVR data, etc. The Mishandling of the adjustment remote commander may erase the
adjustment remote commander performs bi-directional correct adjustment data at times. To prevent this, it is recommended
communication with the unit using the remote commander signal that all adjustment data be noted down before beginning adjustments
line (LANC). The resultant data of this bi-directional communication and new adjustment data after each adjustment.
is written in the non-volatile memory.
1. Using the adjustment remote commander

1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC
terminal.
2) Set the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to
“HOLD” (SERVICE position). If it has been properly
connected, the LCD on the adjustment remote commander will
display as shown in Fig. 5-4-1.
Page Data Address
Fig. 5-4-1
3) Operate the adjustment remote commander as follows.

• Changing the page
The page increases when the EDIT SEARCH+ button is
pressed, and decreases when the EDIT SEARCH– button is
pressed. There are altogether 16 pages, from 0 to F.
Hexadecimal
notation 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
LCD Display 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b c d E F
Decimal notation
conversion value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15
• Changing the address

The address increases when the FF (M) button is pressed,
and decreases when the REW (m) button is pressed. There
are altogether 256 addresses, from 00 to FF.
• Changing the data (Data setting)
The data increases when the PLAY (N) button is pressed,
and decreases when the STOP (x) button is pressed. There
are altogether 256 data, from 00 to FF.
• Writing the adjustment data
The PAUSE button must be pressed to write the adjustment
data (B, C, D, F, 8 page) in the nonvolatile memory. (The
new adjusting data will not be recorded in the nonvolatile
memory if this step is not performed.)
4) After completing all adjustments, turn off the main power
supply once.
5-57
4-2. DATA PROCESS
The calculation of the DDS display and the adjustment remote
commander display data (hexadecimal notation) are required for
obtaining the adjustment data of some adjustment items. In this case,
after converting the hexadecimal notation to decimal notation,
calculate and convert the result to hexadecimal notation, and use it
as the adjustment data. Indicates the hexadecimal-decimal
conversion table.
Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table 2

Lower digit of
hexadecimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Upper digit (A) (b) (c) (d) (E) (F)
of hexadecimal
0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
3 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
4 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 77 76 77 78 79
5 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
6 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111
7 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127
8 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143
9 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
A (A) 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175
1 B (b) 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191
C (c) 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207
D (d) 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223
E (E) 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239
F (F) 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255
Note: The characters shown in the parenthesis ( ) shown the display on the adjustment remote commander.
(Example) If the DDS display or the adjustment remote commander shows BD (bd);
Because the upper digit of the adjustment number is B (b), and the lower digit is D (d), the meeting point
“189” of 1 and 2 in the above table is the corresponding decimal number.
Table. 5-4-1.
5-58
4-3. SERVICE MODE
1. Setting the Test Mode 2-1. EMG Code (Emergency Code)

Page D Address 10 Codes corresponding to the errors which occur are written in
addresses F4, F8 and FC. The type of error indicated by the code
are shown in the following table.
Data Function
00 Normal Code Emergency Type
01 Forced camera power ON 00 No error
02 Forced VTR power ON 10 Loading motor emergency during loading
03 Forced camera + VTR power ON 11 Loading motor emergency during unloading
05 Forced memory power ON 22 T reel emergency during normal rotation
• Before setting the data , select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 23 S reel emergency during normal rotation
01. T reel emergency (Short circuit between S reel
24
• For page D, the data set is recorded in the non-volatile memory terminal and T reel terminal)
by pressing the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote 30 FG emergency at the start up of the capstan
commander. In this case, take note that the test mode will not be 40 FG emergency at the start up of the drum
exited even when the main power is turned off. 42 FG emergency during normal rotation of the drum
• After completing adjustments/repairs, be sure to return the data
of this address to 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment
remote commander.
Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
2. Emergence Memory Address

Page C Address F4 to FF
Address Contents
F4 EMG code when first error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when first
F6 error occurs
Lower: MSW code when first error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when first error
F7
occurs
F8 EMG code when second error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when second
FA error occurs
Lower: MSW code when second error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when second error
FB
occurs
FC EMG code when last error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when last error
FE occurs
Lower: MSW code when last error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when last error
FF
occurs
When no error occurs in this unit, data “00” is written in the above
addresses (F4 to FF). when first error occurs in the unit, the data
corresponding to the error is written in the first emergency address
(F4 to F7). In the same way, when the second error occurs, the data
corresponding to the error is written in the second emergency address
(F8 to FB). Finally, when the last error occurs, the data corresponding
to the error is written in the last emergency address (FC to FF).
Note: After completing adjustments, be sure to initialize the data of

addresses F4 to FF to “00”.
Initializing method:
2) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 37, and press the PAUSE
button.
5-59
2-2. MSW Code
MSW when errors occur:
Information on MSW (mode SW) when errors occur
MSW when movement starts:
Information on MSW when movements starts when the mechanism position is moved (When the L motor is moved)
MSW of target of movement:
Information on target MSW of movement when the mechanism position is moved
Mechanical Position
← UNLOAD LOAD →
EJECT BL ULE BL SR BL HL BL LE BL STOP BL RP BL REW BL
1 1 1 0 = 7
1 0 1 0 = 5
1 0 1 1 = D
1 0 0 1 = 9
0 1 1 1 = E
0 0 1 1 = C
1 1 0 1 = B
1 1 0 0 = 3
1 1 1 1 = F
1 1 1 1 = F
1 1 1 1 = F
1 1 1 1 = F
1 1 1 1 = F
1 1 1 1 = F
1 1 1 1 = F
1 1 1 1 = F
A (LSB)
B
C
D (MSB)
LS Chassis movement section

Pinch roller pressing
Lock released Tension regulator

Cassette compartment
Position Code Contents

Position at which the cassette component lock is released, at the farthest unload side mechanically
EJECT 7
at which the mechanism can move no further in the UNLOAD direction.
BL F BLANK code, at the boundary between codes.
EJECT completion position. When the cassette is ejected, the mechanism will stop at this position.
USE 5 Cassette IN standby. The guide will start protruding out as the mechanism moves towards the
LOAD position.
SR D Code during loading.
HL 9 Guide loading are performed here.
LE E Current limiter turned off.
Stop position in the loading state. The pinch roller separates, the tension regulator returns, and the
STOP C
brake is imposed on both reels.
PB, REC, CUE, PAUSE positions. When pinch roller is pressed, and the tension regulator is ON,
RP B
the mechanism is operating at this position in modes in which normal images are shown.
REW position. The tension regulator is half on. This position is not used except for the REW
REW 3
mode.
5-60
3. Bit value discrimination
Bit values must be discriminated using the display data of the
adjustment remote commander for following items. Use the table
below to discriminate if the bit value is “1” or “0”.
Display on the adjustment remote commander
Address
Page bit3 to bit0 discrimination
bit7 to bit4 discrimination
Display on the Bit values

adjustment bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0
remote or or or or
commander bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4
0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 1 0
3 0 0 1 1
4 0 1 0 0
5 0 1 0 1
6 0 1 1 0
7 0 1 1 1
8 1 0 0 0
9 1 0 0 1
A (A) 1 0 1 0
B (b) 1 0 1 1
C (c) 1 1 0 0
D (d) 1 1 0 1
B E (E) 1 1 1 0
F (F ) 1 1 1 1
Example: If “8E” is displayed on the adjustment remote commander, the
bit values for bit7 to bit4 are shown in the A column, and the
bit values for bit3 to bit0 are shown in the B column.
4. Switch check (1)

Page 2 Address 43
Bit Function When bit value=1 When bit value=0

0 VTR MODE SW (CF-4980 block) OFF ON
1 CAM STBY SW (CF-4980 block) OFF ON
2 START/STOP SW (CF-4980 block) OFF ON
3 EJECT SW (CF-4980 block) OFF ON
4 CC DOWN SW (Mechanism chassis) OFF (UP) ON (DOWN)
5 PHOTO FREEZE SW (CF-4980 block) OFF ON
6 PHOTO STBY SW (CF-4980 block) OFF ON
7
Using method:
1) Select page: 2, address: 43.
2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.
5-61
5. Switch check (2)
Page 2 Address 5F to 67
Using method:
1) Select page: 2, address: 5F to 67.
2) By discriminating the display data, the pressed key can be discriminated.
Data
Address
00 (00 to 0A) 19 (0B to 24) 32 (25 to 44) 59 (45 to 6E) 85 (6F to 9F) B8 (A0 to D4) EE (D5 to FF)
5F PHOTO CUSTOM PRESET EXECUTE
(KEY AD8) (PHOTO REC) (MA-386) (KP-010) No key input
(IC1104 os) (CF-4980) (S1100) (S550)
60 STOP REW PLAY REC EDIT EDIT
(KEY AD0) (FK-076) (FK-076) (FK-076) (FK-076) SEARCH+ SEARCH– No key input
(IC1104 od) (S500) (S502) (S504) (S506,507) (FK-076)(S509) (FK-076) (S511)
61 PAUSE FF SLOW AUDIO DUB END SEARCH
(KEY AD1) (FK-076) (FK-076) (FK-076) (FK-076) (FK-076) No key input
(IC1104 of) (S501) (S503) (S505) (S508) (S510)
62 FOCUS FOCUS (AUTO) FOCUS
FADER BACK LIGHT SPOT LIGHT INDEX
(KEY AD2) (INFINITY) (PUSH AUTO) (MANUAL)
(FP-189) (FP-189) (FP-189) (FP-188)
(IC1104 og) (FP-188) (FP-188) (FP-188)
63 REC LEVEL WHITE SHUTTER PROGRAM AE AUTO LOCK AUTO LOCK AUTO LOCK
(KEY AD3) (MK-014) BALANCE (MK-014) (MK-014) (HOLD) (AUTO LOCK) (OFF)
(IC1104 oh) (S001) (MK-014)(S002) (S003) (S004) (MK-014)(S005) (MK-014)(S005) (MK-014)(S005)
64 TITLE DIGITAL PICTURE MEMORY MIX ZEBRA (100%) ZEBRA (OFF) ZEBRA (70%)
(KEY AD4) (CK-093) EFFECT EFFECT (CK-093) (CK-093) (CK-093) (CK-093)
(IC1104 oj) (S250) (CK-093)(S255) (CK-093)(S258) (S260) (S263) (S263) (S263)
65 DISPLAY SELF TIMER DATA CODE
EXPOSURE MENU PANEL CLOSE PANEL OPEN
(KEY AD5) (CK-093) (CK-093) (CK-093)
(ED-4980) (FP-194) (FP-197) (FP-197)
(IC1104 ok) (S251) (S253) (S261)
66 MEMORY MEMORY + MEMORY – MEMORY MEMORY PANEL PANEL
(KEY AD6) INDEX (CK-093) (CK-093) DELETE PLAY REVERSE NORMAL
(IC1104 ol) (CK-093)(S252) (S254) (S257) (CK-093)(S259) (CK-093)(S262) (FP-197) (FP-197)
67
VOLUME – VOLUME + LCD BRIGHT – LCD BRIGHT +
(KEY AD7) No key input
(FP-196) (FP-196) (FP-196) (FP-196)
(IC1104 <z// )
6. Record of Use check

Note: When replacing the drum assembly, initialize the data of address: A2 to AA.
Page 2 Address A2 to AA
Address Function Remarks

A2 Minutes
A3 Drum rotation counted time (BCD code) Hour (L) 10th place digit and 1st place digit of counted time (decimal digit)
A4 Hour (H) 1000th place digit and 100th place digit of counted time (decimal digit)
A5 Year
A6 User initial power on date (BCD code) Month After setting the clock, set the date of power on next.
A7 Day
A8 Year
Final condensation occurrence date
A9 Month
(BCD code)
AA Day
Using method:
1) The record of use data is displayed at page: 2, addresses: A2 to AA.
Note: This data will be erased (reset) when the cabinet (R) assy (CK-093 board) is removed.
Initializing method:
1) Using the adjustment remote commander, select the object address and set data: 00.
5-62
7. Record of Self-diagnosis check
Page 2 Address B0 to C6
Address Self-diagnosis code

B0 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 1st time) *1
B1 “Block function” code (Occurred 1st time)
B2 “Detailed” code (Occurred 1st time)
B4 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 2nd time) *1
B5 “Block function” code (Occurred 2nd time)
B6 “Detailed” code (Occurred 2nd time)
B8 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 3rd time) *1
B9 “Block function” code (Occurred 3rd time)
BA “Detailed” code (Occurred 3rd time)
BC “Repaired by” code (Occurred 4th time) *1
BD “Block function” code (Occurred 4th time)
BE “Detailed” code (Occurred 4th time)
C0 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 5th time) *1
C1 “Block function” code (Occurred 5th time)
C2 “Detailed” code (Occurred 5th time)
C4 “Repaired by” code (Occurred the last time) *1
C5 “Block function” code (Occurred the last time)
C6 “Detailed” code (Occurred the last time)
*1 : “01” → “C”, “03” → “E”
Using method:
1) The past self-diagnosis codes are displayed at page: 2, addresses: BC to C6. Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION” for detail of
the self-diagnosis code.
Note: This data will be erased (reset) when the cabinet (R) assy (CK-093 board) is removed.
5-63E

SONY DCR-VX2000 Service Manual Level 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SONY DCR-VX2000 Service Manual Level 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DCR-VX2000/VX2000E RMT-811

SERVICE MANUAL US Model

On the VC-242 board For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENTS, refer to the

— Continued on next page —

DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER

CD-254 BOARD VC-242 BOARD(1/4)

VC-242 BOARD(2/4) DV IN/OUT

(4-17) (4-23) 138 X301

HI SO,SI,SCK | VSP SO,SI,SCK

Q310 CN450 CN021 10

XCC DOWN DRUM PG 59 61

DEW DET Q901

CK-093 HL-011 BOARD FP-196

CN250 CN250 CN1701

X1101 40 20MHz OUT HSY

(CF4980) PHOTO SW XPHOTO REC

SIRCS ENV 15 CN002 CN200

CAP ERROR EVF 2.8V

CHIME PWR CONT

IC1802 IC1803 IC1407 A 4.6V

IC1404 IC1403 IC1409 IC1408 IC1406 IC1401 IC1412 IC1411 IC705

P UNREG L2181 BACK

(SEE PAGE CN1103 CN1100 CN703 CN702 CN750 D750

CN051 IC143 IC144 IC141 IC200

3 VCC 3 15 IC140 IC070-072 IC075 IC073,074 10

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/3)

CN100 50P CN025

B SE-108 19 R_CCD_OUT GND 20

27 V1R V3R 28 (SEE PAGE 4-3)

3 REG_GND REG_GND 4 BOARD

AUDIO LEVEL GND 6 17 BS

11 XACCESS_LED 5 D_2.8V 15 J001

3 GND 13 SIRCS_SIG FF REG_GND 4 REG_GND SA2 7

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/3)

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/3)

CN100 50P CN025

15 V3B V2AB 16 AUDIO BACK

CN300 J302 J303

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK

S806 GND 1 59 REG_GND REG_GND 60

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/3)

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/3)

CN251 14P CN2100 14P

1 P_UNREG_GND P_UNREG 2 PANEL_R 3 3 PANEL_R

GND PANEL_4.6V PANEL_13.5V 6 PANEL_13.5V

19 GND PANEL_R 20 XVD 12 12 XVD

29 OSD_SO N.C 30 S263

OFF XOSD_SCK 3 3 XOSD_SCK

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/3)

4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

(For printed wiring boards) (Measuring conditions voltage and waveform)

• Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicate

Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)

When indicating parts by reference number, pleas include

For Schematic Diagram

CD-254 BOARD NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

P0 0.1u 82 43 V1G H2G 44

C115 9 B_CCD_OUT GND 10

2.5 H1B H2B

L104 TO VC-242 BOARD(1/18)

G R103 (SEE PAGE 4-13)

3 Precautions Upon Replacing CCD Imager